Home
8 - DEMPAN
Contents
1. Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rom V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5_ Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature A 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 Al1 input value V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 input value V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 _ Analogue lout mA 26 AOI V1 16 Analogue input 3 V mA 27 Al3 input value V1 17 Analogue input 4 V mA 28 Al4 input value V1 18 PID Reference 20 In of the max frequency V1 19 PID Actual value 21 In of the max actual value V1 20 PID Error value 22 In of the max error value V1 21 PID Output 23 In of the max output value V1 22 Running auxiliary drives 30 Number of running auxiliary drives V1 23 Special display for actual value 29 See parameters 2 9 29 to 2 9 31 V1 24 PT 100 temperature c 42 ra temperature ot Asean nied G1 25 Multimonitoring items Displays 3 selectable monitor values Table 7 2 Monitoring values 106 209 Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell 7 5
2. Gr g ID325 Custom 1D325 0 Al2 0 100 ID325 1 Al2 20 100 ID303 0 1 ID326 ID327 NX12K75 Figure 8 21 Analogue input Al2 scaling 34567 34567 These parameters set Al2 for any input signal span within 160 160 Analogue input Al2 custom setting min Analogue input Al2 custom setting max 2 2 11 2 2 23 2 2 3 4 2 2 12 2 2 24 2 2 3 5 Analogue input Al2 inversion 3457 See ID323 Note In application 3 Al2 is the place A frequency reference if parameter ID117 1 default 2 2 13 2 2 25 2 2 3 6 Analogue input Al2 l filter time 34567 2 2 14 2 2 26 2 2 3 2 See ID324 DIN5 function 5 2 2 3 The digital input DIN5 has 14 possible functions If it need not be used set the value of this parameter to 0 The selections are the same as in parameter ID319 except 13 Enable PID reference 2 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with parameter R3 5 Motor potentiometer ramp time 3567 2 2 22 2 2 27 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 15 Defines the speed of change of the motor potentiometer value HzZ s Honeywell 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 Description of parameters PID controller reference signal Place A 57 2 1 11 Defines which frequency reference place is selected for the PID controller Applic 5
3. Table 7 1 Pump and fan control application default I O configuration and connection example with 2 wire transmitter Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s user s nual ma Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default Honeywell 230 VAC Pump and Fan Control Application Autom O Mains Autom O Mains M1 mains M2 mains Figure 7 1 2 pump autochange system principal control diagram NX12k105 dsf NXOPTA1 24voc om2 3 NXOPTA1 DINS 10 Ka Figure 7 2 3 pump autochange system principal control diagram M3 mains NX 12k106 dsf 98 209 Pump and Fan Control Application 7 3 Control signal logic in Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell Jogging speed programmable par 2 2 6 12 Interlock 2 programmable par 2 2 6 19 1 3 Heldbus Chr refere 2 1 2 Keypad Cril reference 2 1 1 VO B reference 2 1 4 PID reference 2 1 11 PID reference 1 l l f l i Enable PID keypad ref 2 1 parl 2 2 6 23 i 1 l L l l Calculation of AIB Al4 leldous ref FBProcessDatalN1 B34
4. 104 209 Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell Fo Ei Hh Ahi ee e ac lt NX12k107 ds4 O aE a E i Fv U e2 i re UM NX12k104 ds4 Figure 7 6 Example of 3 pump autochange main diagram Honeywell Pump and Fan Control Application 105 209 7 5 Pump and Fan Control Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present param number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own settings ID number of the parameter On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped Apply the Terminal to Function method TTF to these parameters see chapter 6 4 7 5 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s user s manual for more information Note that the monitoring values V1 18 to V1 23 are available in the PFC control application only
5. Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rom 2 Motor speed in rom V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature o 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses AO1 V1 15 Analogie rait 1 V1 18 Torque reference V1 19 PT 100 temperature ce 42 BAA temperare G Meat Tey G1 20 Multimonitoring items er three selectable monitoring V1 21 1 Current A 1113 Unfiltered motor current V1 21 2 Torque 1125 Unfiltered motor torque V1 21 3 DC Voltage V 44 Unfiltered DC link voltage V1 21 4 Status Word 43 See chapter 6 6 2 V1 21 5 Encoder 1 Frequency Hz 1124 V1 21 6 Shaft Rounds r 1170 See ID 1090 V1 21 7_ Shaft Angle Deg 1169 See ID 1090 V1 21 8 Measured temperature 1 3 50 V1 21 9 Measured temperature 2 e 51 V1 21 10 Measured temperature 3 i 52 V1 21 11 Encoder 2 Frequency Hz 53 From OPTA7 board V1 21 12 Absolute encoder position 54 From OPTBB board V1 21 13 Absolute encod rotations 55 From OPTBB board V1 21 14 ID Run Status 49 V1 21 15 PolePairNumber 5
6. Honeywell Multi step Speed Control Application 4 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Parameter i i Default Cust ID 10 00 0 50 717 Trialtime 0 00 60 00 30 00 718 Start function 0 Number of tries after 0 undervoltage trip Number of tries after 0 overvoltage trip Number of tries after 3 0 overcurrent trip Number of tries after 10 0 4mA reference trip Number of tries after 10 0 motor temp fault trip Number of tries after 10 0 external fault trip Number of tries after 10 0 underload fault trip Table 4 10 Autorestart parameters G2 8 719 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 720 721 722 723 726 725 738 4 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual 1 1 0 terminal 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Forward 1 Reverse Parameter Unit Default Cust Keypad reference z p z Hz Direction on keypad TIA 0 Table 4 11 Keypad control parameters M3 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled 4 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manu
7. 130 209 165 166 169 170 179 Description of parameters Honeywell All joystick offset 6 2 2 2 11 Define the frequency zero point as follows With this parameter on display place the potentiometer at the assumed zero point and press Enter on the keypad Note This will not however change the reference scaling Press Reset button to change the parameter value back to 0 00 Al2 joystick offset 6 2 2 3 11 See par ID165 Fieldbus input data 4 FBFixedControlWord bit 6 6 2 3 3 27 Fieldbus input data 5 FBFixedControlWord bit 7 6 2 3 3 28 The data from the fieldbus FBFixedControlWord can be led to the digital outputs of the frequency converter Scaling of motoring power limit 6 2 2 6 7 The motoring power limit is equal to ID1289 if value Not used is selected If any of the inputs is selected the motoring power limit is scaled between zero and parameter ID1289 This parameter is available for NXP drives only 0 Not used 1 All 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 FB Limit Scaling ID46 monitoring value 300 Honeywell Description of parameters 131 209 Start Stop logic selection 2346 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 0 DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact start reverse A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coastin ll d a NX12K09 The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN1 contact opens the direction of rotation starts the chan
8. reverse logic Start reverse programmable A 3 3 Keypad drection Fault reset input Internal fault reset programmable NX12k103 fh8 Internal Start Stop Internal reverse Figure 6 1 Control signal logic of the Multi purpose Control Application Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming principle The programming principle of the input and output signals in the Multipurpose Control Application as well as in the Pump and Fan Control Application and partly in the other applications is differ ent compared to the conventional method used in other NX applications In the conventional programming method Function to Terminal Programming Method FTT you have a fixed input or output that you define a certain function for The applications mentioned above however use the Terminal to Function Programming method TTF in which the programming pro cess is carried out the other way round Functions appear as parameters which the operator defines a certain input output for See Warning on page 66 6 4 1 Defining an input output for a certain function on keypad Connecting a certain input or output with a certain function parameter is done by giving the para meter an appropriate value The value is formed of the Board slot on the NX control board see the product s user s manual and the respective signal number see below Terminal type Examp
9. 300 0 300 0 0 0 0 00 Max 1 3 320 00 200 00 par P2 6 4 100 00 40 00 Varies 1 100 00 1 2 300 00 60000 32000 32000 300 0 300 0 100 0 100 00 Table 4 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 Unit Hz o o o kHz Default 50 00 100 00 50 00 100 00 Varies Varies Pe 00 00 00 40 00 Cust ID 600 602 603 605 606 607 608 627 628 Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost O Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim n xX Unmot n X Unmot Parameter max value par 2 6 5 n x Unmot See Table 8 12 for exact values O Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping O Not used 1 Used O No action 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run 0 Not used 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev Code Parameter Min Max P2 74 Response to 4mA 5 reference fault po7o 4mA reference fault 0 00 Par 2 1 2 frequenc Response to supervision Response to RE undervoltage fault EDR supervision P2 7 7 Earth fault protection Oo 3 Thermal protection para ho Motor ambiente ional 4000 temperature factor P27 10 a a 150 0 at zero speed p2 7 44 Motor thermal time constant P2
10. A 1 0 0 00 100 00 0 Honeywell 331 339 100 No maximum scaling O No reset 1 Reset if stopped or powered down 2 Reset if powered down 367 O No reset 1 Reset if stopped or powered down 2 Reset if powered down 0 Scaling off 344 gt 0 Scaled min value 0 Scaling off 345 gt 0 Scaled max value 370 0 Signal range 0 100 320 1 Signal range 20 100 2 Custom range ea a 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted ID Note 329 O No filtering 0 0 20 mA 325 1 4 20 mA 2 Customised 326 327 0 Not inverted 328 1 Inverted Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See NX User s Manual chapter 6 2 2 2 Honeywell Pump and Fan Control Application 7 5 3 4 Code Parameter Al3 signal Peci selection P2 2 4 2 Als filter time P2 2 4 3 Al3 signal range Al3 custom minimum P2 2 4 4 setting P2 2 4 5 AIS custom maximum setting P2 2 4 6 Al inversion 160 00 160 00 160 00 160 00 Ce Table 7 7 Input signals Analogue input 3 Code P2 2 5 1 P2 2 5 2 P2 2 5 3 P2 2 5 4 P2 2 5 5 P2 2 5 6 Parameter Al4 signal selection Al4 filter time Al4 signal range setting setting Al4 inversion Min 160 00 160 00 160 00 Table 7 8 Input signals Analogue input 4 144 145 151 155 156 162 Cust ID 109 209 Note
11. CL Zero speed time at start 23456 2 6 4 9 2 6 27 9 After giving the start command the drive will remain at zero speed for the time defined by this parameter The ramp will be released to follow the set frequency speed reference after this time has elapsed from the instant where the command is given See chapter 9 2 CL Zero speed time at stop 23456 2 6 4 10 2 6 27 10 The drive will remain at zero speed with controllers active for the time defined by this parameter after reaching the zero speed when a stop command is given This parameter has no effect if the selected stop function ID506 is Coasting See chapter 9 2 CL Current control P gain 23456 2 6 4 17 2 6 27 17 Sets the gain for the current controller This controller is active only in closed loop and advanced open loop modes The controller generates the voltage vector reference to the modulator See chapter 9 2 CL Encoder filter time 23456 2 6 4 15 2 6 27 15 Sets the filter time constant for speed measurement The parameter can be used to eliminate encoder signal noise Too high a filter time reduces speed control stability See chapter 9 2 CL Slip adjust 23456 2 6 4 6 2 6 27 6 The motor name plate speed is used to calculate the nominal slip This value is used to adjust the voltage of motor when loaded The name plate speed is sometimes a little inaccurate and this parameter can therefore be used to trim the slip Reducing the slip adjust value increa
12. e Apply the Autochange function with parameter 2 9 24 Autochange e The autochange takes place when the time set with parameter 2 9 26 Autochange interval has expired and the capacity used is below the level defined with parameter 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit e The running drives are stopped and re started according to the new order e External contactors controlled through the relay outputs of the frequency converter connect the drives to the frequency converter or to the mains If the motor controlled by the frequency con verter is included in the autochange sequence it is always controlled through the relay output activated first The other relays activated later control the auxiliary drives see Figure 7 5 and Figure 7 6 Parameter 2 9 24 Autochange 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used The automatic change of starting and stopping order is activated and applied to either the auxiliary drives only or the auxiliary drives and the drive controlled by the frequency converter depending on the setting of parameter 2 9 25 Automatics selection By default the Autochange is activated for 2 drives See Figure 7 1 and Figure 7 5 Parameter 2 9 25 Autochange Interlockings automatics selection 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same Therefore mains contactor is needed for one auxiliary drive only 1 All drives included in t
13. 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting See P2 7 21 See P2 7 21 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting NXP drives only P2 7 28 Brake fault action 1 P2 7 29 Brake fault dela 0 00 P2 7 30 System bus fault 2 System bus fault P2 7 32 Cooling fault delay 0 00 Table 6 29 Protections G2 7 3 00 2 00 90 209 Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell 1 Warning 1316 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 1317 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 1082 1352 751 6 6 11 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit P2 8 1 10 00 P2 8 2 Trialtime 0 00 60 00 P2 8 3 Start function B p2 g 4 Number of tries after of undervoltage trip overvoltage trip Number of tries after Number of tries after Number of tries after P2 8 8 motor temperature 10 fault trip Number of tries after P2 8 1 Number of tries after 10 0 underload fault trip Table 6 30 Autorestart parameters G2 8 Default 0 50 30 00 Cust i TT z8 Cid 0 Ramp 719 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 Honeywell 6 6 12 Parameter
14. 428 429 430 431 Honeywell Note Control place A oc Control place B cc Ext fault displayed cc Ext fault displayed oc Motor start enabled cc Acc Dec time 1 oc Acc Dec time 2 cc Force control place to I O terminal cc Force control place to keypad cc Force control place to fieldbus cc Direction forward oc Direction reverse cc Jogging speed selected for frequency reference cc All faults reset cc Acc Dec prohibited cc DC braking active cc Mot pot reference decreases cc Mot pot reference increases Cc Activated if cc Activated if cc Activated if cc Activated if cc Activated if cc Selected with 2 1 11 oc Selected with 2 2 1 4 cc cc closing contact oc opening contact Honeywell 7 5 4 Output signals 7 5 4 1 Digital output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 1 Code P2 3 1 1 P2 3 1 2 P2 3 1 3 P2 3 1 4 P2 3 1 5 P2 3 1 6 P2 3 1 7 P2 3 1 8 P2 3 1 9 P2 3 1 10 P2 3 1 114 P2 3 1 12 P2 3 1 13 P2 3 1 14 P2 3 1 15 P2 3 1 16 P2 3 1 17 P2 3 1 18 P2 3 1 19 P2 3 1 20 P2 3 1 21 P2 3 1 22 P2 3 1 23 P2 3 1 24 P2 3 1 25 P2 3 1 26 P2 3 1 27 P2 3 1 28 P2 3 1 29 P2 3 1 30 P2 3 1 31 Parameter Read Run Fault Inverted fault Warning External fault Reference fault warning Overtemperature warning Reverse Unrequested direction At speed Jogging speed External control place External brake cont
15. 603 604 605 601 607 608 521 637 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control 2 Torque control 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim n x Unmo N X Unmo Parameter max value par 2 6 5 nN X Unmo See Table 8 12 for exact values O Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping 0 Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping to zero See par 2 6 1 No action 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run Honeywell P gain Table 6 23 Closed Loop parameters NXS drives Table 6 24 Identification parameters NXS drives 300 0 300 0 0 0 0 00 6 6 8 1 NXS drives Closed Loop __ Code _ Parameter P2 6 17 1 Magnetizing curent p2 6 17 2 SPeed control P gain P2 6 17 3 Speed control time P2 6 17 5 Acceleration compensation _P2 6 17 6 Slip adjust P2 6 17 7 Magnetizing _ current at start _ Magnetizing time P2 6 17 8 eee P26 17 9 Ospeed time at P am start P2 6 17 10 Ospeed time at pe Sle i P2 6 17 11 Start up torque So aapa Startup torque Start up torque _P2 6 17 15 Encoder filter time P2 6 17 17 Current control Multi purpose Control Application 300 0 300 0 100 0 100 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 00 616 621 633 634 618 617 Note If zero internally calculated N
16. Description of parameters 205 209 8 2 Keypad control parameters Unlike the parameters listed above these parameters are located in the M3 menu of the control keypad The reference parameters do not have an ID number 114 125 123 R3 2 R3 4 R3 5 R3 5 Stop button activated 3 4 3 6 If you wish to make the Stop button a hotspot which always stops the drive regardless of the selected control place give this parameter the value 1 See also parameter ID125 Control Place 3 1 The active control place can be changed with this parameter For more information see the product s user s manual Pushing the Start button for 3 seconds selects the control keypad as the active control place and copies the Run status information Run Stop direction and reference Keypad Direction 3 3 0 Forward The rotation of the motor is forward when the keypad is the active control place 1 Reverse The rotation of the motor is reversed when the keypad is the active control place For more information see the product s user s manual Keypad Reference 3 2 The frequency reference can be adjusted from the keypad with this parameter The output frequency can be copied as the keypad reference by pushing the Stop button for 3 seconds when you are on any of the pages of menu M3 For more information see the product s user s manual PID reference 1 57 3 4 The PID controller keypad reference can be set between 0 and 1
17. Figure 8 27 Reduction of DC braking current Honeywell Description of parameters 149 209 3 Reduces acceleration and deceleration times Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analogue input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time par ID103 ID104 ID502 ID503 divided by the factor R in Figure 8 28 4 Reduces torque supervision limit Set supervision limit can be reduced with the free analogue input signal between 0 and set supervision limit ID349 see Figure 8 29 A Factor R Signal range NX12K59 Figure 8 28 Reduction of acceleration and deceleration times Torque A limit 100 Par ID349 Figure 8 29 Reduction of torque supervision limit 150 209 Description of parameters Honeywell 363 Start Stop logic selection place B 3 2 2 15 0 DIN4 closed contact start forward DIN5 closed contact start reverse A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coastin g I a NX12K09 The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN4 contact opens the direction of rotation starts the change If Start forward DIN4 and Start reverse DIN5 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN4 has priority Figure 8 30 Start forward Start reverse 1 DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open
18. PID keypad ref P35 el is ref FBProcessDatal N38 Keypad ref R3 9 p Motor potentiometer programmable DINF DINF ul do Reset button Reference from fieldbus Sart Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus i DINI Start Place A progr par 2 lai a 5 2B DMG Start Place B progr par 2 2 6 2 VO reverse par 2 2 6 11 programmable DINE 3 3 Keypad direction NX12K06 Ir3 Reset from the fieldbus Al PID reference I O A A2 PID reference 2 I O A B Direct frequency reference I O B K Keypad reference F Fieldbus reference Stop button active P3 6 1 Figure 7 3 Control signal logic of the Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell Pump and Fan Control Application 7 4 Short description of function and essential parameters 7 4 1 Automatic changing between drives Autochange P2 9 24 The Autochange function allows the starting and stopping order of drives controlled by the pump and fan automatics to be changed at desired intervals The drive controlled by frequency converter can also be included in the automatic changing and locking sequence par 2 9 25 The Autochange function makes it possible to equalize the run times of the motors and to prevent e g pump stalls due to too long running breaks
19. 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA 1 4 20 mA 2 Customised O Not inverted 1 Inverted Note O No filtering 0 0 20 mA 1 4 20 mA 2 Customised 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual 110 209 7 9 3 6 Table 7 9 Input signals Digital inputs Cust Digital inputs Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Code Parameter Min Default P2 2 6 1 Start A signal ze es P2 2 6 2 Start B signal Lo Az P2 2 6 3 Control place A B e AG selection P2 2 6 4 External fault close 0 01 P2 2 6 5 External fault open O 0 2 P2 2 6 6 Run enable o 02 P2 2 6 7 AcoDe ime E 0 1 selection P2 2 6 8 Control from I O terminal o 0 1 P2 2 6 9 Control from keypad Ea 0 1 P2 2 6 10 Control from fieldbus Ea 0 1 P2 2 6 11 Reverse La 0 1 P2 2 6 12 Jogging speed Es A 5 P2 2 6 13 Fault reset oO 0 1 P2 2 6 14 Acc Dec prohibit O 0 1 P2 2 6 15 DC braking Lo 0 1 Motor potentiometer IES reference DOWN Ea O Motor potentiometer P2 2 6 17 COVE ea 0 1 P2 2 6 18 TINE A2 Interlock P2 2 6 19 Punong 2 A3 Interlock Autochange 3 P2 2 6 20 PER a 0 1 P2 2 6 21 SUSE SIE 4 0 1 Interlock Autochange 5 P2 2 6 22 PORK re 0 1 P2 2 6 23 PID reference 2 Lae 0 1 Pump and Fan Control Application 409 410 411 412 413 A k A T ore o A pax O 417 426 427
20. 4mA reference fault preset frequency reference 234567 2 7 2 If the value of parameter ID700 is set to 3 and the 4mA fault occurs then the frequency reference to the motor is the value of this parameter 184 209 730 731 732 733 734 738 Description of parameters Honeywell Input phase supervision 234567 2 7 4 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting The input phase supervision ensures that the input phases of the frequency converter have an approximately equal current Automatic restart 1 2 20 The Automatic restart is taken into use with this parameter 0 Disabled 1 Enabled The function resets the following faults max three times See the product s user s manual Overcurrent F1 Overvoltage F2 Undervoltage F9 Frequency converter overtemperature F14 Motor overtemperature F16 Reference fault F50 Response to thermistor fault 234567 2 7 21 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection Response to fieldbus fault 234567 2 7 22 Set here the response mode for the fieldbus fault if a fieldbus board is used For more information see the respective Fieldbus Board Manual See parameter ID732 Response to slot fault 234567 2 7 23
21. Description of parameters Honeywell Motor thermal protection Motor cooling factor at zero speed 234567 2 7 10 The current can be set between 0O 150 0 x Inmotor This parameter sets the value for thermal current at zero frequency See Figure 8 47 The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor If an external fan is used this parameter can be set to 90 or even higher Note The value is set as a percentage of the motor name plate data par P cooling ID113 Nominal current of motor not the drive s nominal output current The Overload area motor s nominal current is the current that the motor can withstand in direct on line use without being overheated If you change the parameter Nominal current of motor this parameter is Par automatically restored to the default 1D706 40 value Setting this parameter does not affect the maximum output current of the fn drive which is determined by parameter ID107 alone See chapter 9 4 NX12k62 Figure 8 47 Motor thermal current I curve Motor thermal protection Time constant 234567 2 7 11 This time can be set between 1 and 200 minutes This is the thermal time constant of the motor The bigger the motor the bigger the time constant The time constant is the time within which the calculated thermal stage has reached 63 of its final value The motor thermal time is specific to the motor design and it varies between different
22. This is the usual operation mode when fast response times high accuracy or controlled run at zero frequencies are needed Encoder board should be connected to slot C of the control unit Set the encoder P R parameter P7 3 1 1 Run in open loop and check the encoder speed and direction V7 3 2 2 Change the direction parameter P7 3 1 2 or switch the phases of motor cables if necessary Do not run if encoder speed is wrong Program the no load current to parameter ID612 and set parameter ID619 Slip Adjust to get the voltage slightly above the linear U f curve with the motor frequency at about 66 of the nominal motor frequency The Motor Nominal Speed parameter 1D112 is critical The Current Limit parameter ID107 controls the available torque linearly in relative to motor nominal current 9 3 Advanced Open Loop parameters ID s 622 to 625 632 635 Select the Advanced Open Loop control mode by setting value 5 or 6 for parameter ID600 not available in applications 1 and 6 The Advanced Open Loop control mode finds similar implementations as the Closed Loop control mode above However the control accuracy of the Closed Loop control mode is higher than that of the Advanced Open Loop control mode EXAMPLE Motor Control Mode 5 Frequency control Advanced open loop and 6 Speed control Advanced open loop The motor is running at current vector control at low frequencies At frequencies above the frequency limit the motor is in fr
23. Used when running no testing When the frequency converter is decelerating the motor the inertia of the motor and the load are fed into an external brake resistor This enables the frequency converter to decelerate the load with a torque equal to that of acceleration provided that the correct brake resistor has been selected See separate Brake resistor installation manual Start function 2 4 6 Ramp 0 The frequency converter starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference frequency within the set acceleration time Load inertia or starting friction may cause prolonged acceleration times 506 507 508 166 209 Description of parameters Honeywell Flying start 1 The frequency converter is able to start into a running motor by applying a small torque to motor and searching for the frequency corresponding to the speed the motor is running at Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the actual frequency until the correct value is detected Thereafter the output frequency will be increased decreased to the set reference value according to the set acceleration deceleration parameters Use this mode if the motor is coasting when the start command is given With the flying start it is possible to ride through short mains voltage interruptions Stop function 2 4 7 Coasting 0 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter after the Stop command Ramp 1 After the Sto
24. amp N 1285 1288 1287 an a fo D o o R jals o N 2 oN e Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control 2 Torque control 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim n x Unmo N X Unmo Parameter max value par 2 6 5 n X Unmo See Table 8 12 for exact values 0 Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping 0 Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping to zero See par 2 6 1 No action 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run 3 Encoder ID Run Honeywell Multi purpose Control Application 6 6 9 1 NXP drives Closed Loop parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 27 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 6 27 1 A 0 00 100 00 A 0 00 612 If zero internally calculated P2 6 27 2 Speed ee 1 1000 30 613 Eal gain Speed controll _ Negative value uses 1 ms P2 6 27 3 ire 32000 3200 0 ms 100 0 ara eo OTTE P2 6 27 5 Acceleration 0 00 300 00 s 0 00 626 oe o i compensation P2 6 27 6 Slip adjust 0 500 75 619 P2 6 27 7 Magnetizing 0 IL A 0 00 627 E current at start P2 6 27 8 Magnetizing time 0 32000 ms 0 628 E at start P2 6 27 9 u ie 0 32000 ms 100 615 stop O Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 27 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 27 12 S a 300 0 300 0 0
25. e Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Sum point frequency addition to PID output The PID controller can additionally be used from control places I O B keypad and fieldbus Easy ChangeOver function Sleep function The parameters of the PID Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Honeywell 5 2 Control I O PID Control Application Reference potentiometer 1 10 kQ Lo O n Ne 2 wire l transmitter Actual value OPT A1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC 3 Alt I O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND I O
26. 1 Hz Stop freq of aux rive par ID1003 1 Hz Frequency i Stop freq of aux drive 1 Frequency after starting I i 1D1003 1 H the aux drive1 Sh decrease during 4 Stop delay of the aux pat 101603 1 He is par D1003 1 Hz Finn ote SOP delay i drives pay 1D1011 par NX12k89 Figure 8 54 Example of parameter setting Variable speed drive and one auxiliary drive 1012 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 1 7 2 9 12 1013 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 13 1014 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 3 7 2 9 14 1015 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 4 7 2 9 15 The reference step will be automatically added to the reference value always when the corresponding auxiliary drive is started With the reference steps e g the pressure loss in the piping caused by the increased flow can be compensated See Figure 8 55 Reference for Pl controller Reference step 3 par ID1014 Reference step 2 N par ID1013 Reference step 1 par ID1012 Reference analogue input Aux drive 1 Aux drive 2 Aux drive 3 NX12k90 Figure 8 55 Reference steps after starting auxiliary drives Honeywell 1016 1017 1018 1019 Description of parameters 189 209 Sleep frequency 57 2 1 15 The frequency converter is stopped automatically if the frequency of the drive falls below the S eep level defined wit
27. 2 2 2 9 The frequency converter is stopped automatically if the Al signal level falls below the Sleep limit defined with this parameter See Figure 8 35 Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference scaling max 1D304 70Hz From reverse to forward Max freq 1ID102 50Hz START STOP STOP STA A From forward to reverse Analogue input V mA Min freq ID101 0 10V 20mA Ref scaling min pot ID303 0Hz Par ID321 i Par ID322 20 Sleep limit 90 ID385 7 Joystick hysteresis NX12k99 ID384 20 Figure 8 35 Example of sleep limit function Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference scaling max ID304 70Hz From reverse to forward Max freq ID102 50Hz From forward to reverse Analogue input V mA Min freq ID101 0 10V 20mA Ref scaling min ID303 OHz i Joystick hysteresis ID384 20 NX12k95 Figure 8 36 Joystick hysteresis with minimum frequency at 35Hz 156 209 Description of parameters Honeywell 386 All sleep delay 6 2 2 2 10 This parameter defines the time the analoque input signal has to stay under the sleep limit determined with parameter ID385 in order to stop the frequency converter 388 Al2 signal selection 234567 2 2 9 2 2 21 2 2 3 1 Connect the Al2 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method
28. A Underload time counter Trip area Par ID716 Trip warnin par 107139 I i I Time a idee dee e No underl NX12k66 Figure 8 52 Underload time counter function Automatic restart Wait time 234567 2 8 1 Defines the time before the frequency converter tries to automatically restart the motor after the fault has disappeared Automatic restart Trial time 234567 2 8 2 The Automatic restart function restarts the frequency converter when the faults selected with parameters ID720 to ID725 have disappeared and the waiting time has elapsed 182 209 719 720 Description of parameters Honeywell Wait time Wait time Wait time Par ID717 r Par ID717 Par ID717 e e Fault trigger Motor stop signal Restart 1 Restart 2 Motor start signal al q supervision i Trial time z en Par ID718 Fault active RESET Fault reset NX12k67 Autoreset function Trials 2 Figure 8 53 Example of Automatic restarts with two restarts Parameters ID720 to ID725 determine the maximum number of automatic restarts during the trial time set by parameter ID718 The time count starts from the first autorestart If the number of faults occurring during the trial time exceeds the values of parameters ID720 to ID725 the fault state becomes active Otherwise the fault is c
29. Direction on P3 3 keypad 0 R3 4 PID reference 0 00 R3 5 PID reference2 0 00 100 00 0 00 R3 6 Stop button 1 Table 5 11 Keypad control parameters M3 5 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 Cust 125 1 1 O terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Forward 1 Reverse PO 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 5 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s user s manual 62 209 Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell yw 6 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION Software ASFIFF06 6 1 Introduction Select the Multi purpose Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 Multi purpose control application provides a wide range of parameters for controlling motors It can be used for various kinds of different processes where wide flexibility of I O signals is needed and PID control is not necessary if you need PID control functions use the PID Control Application or Pump and Fan Control Application The frequency reference can be selected e g from the analogue inputs joystick control mot
30. ID125 Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits par ID354 and 1D355 Rotation direction is different from the requested one External brake ON OFF control par ID352 and 1D353 Output active when brake control is OFF The thermistor input of option board indicates overtemperature Fault or warning depending on parameter ID732 Fieldbus input data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Selects the analogue input to be monitored See par ID356 D357 ID358 and ID463 Fieldbus data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Fieldbus data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Fieldbus data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Table 8 8 Output signals via DO1 and output relays RO1 and RO2 Output frequency limit supervision function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 234567 2 3 10 2 3 4 1 2 3 2 1 Brake on control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 206 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID316 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via the relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters ID312 1ID314 Honeywell 316 319 Description of parameters 139 209 Output frequency limit supervision value 234567 2 3 11 2 3 4 2 2 3 2 2 Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID315 See Figure 8 16 A f Hz ID315 2 ID316 Example 24
31. IGBT temp fault also included This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after overcurrent fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after overcurrent trip and IGBT temperature faults Automatic restart Number of tries after 4mA reference trip 234567 2 8 7 This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after reference fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after the analogue current signal 4 20mA has returned to the normal level gt 4mA Automatic restart Number of tries after external fault trip 234567 2 8 9 This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after External fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after External fault trip Automatic restart Number of tries after motor temperature fault trip 234567 2 8 8 This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after Motor temperature fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after the motor temperature has returned to its normal level Response to undervoltage fault 234567 2 7 5 0 Fault stored in fault history 1 Fault not stored in fault history For the undervoltage limits see the product s user s manual
32. Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own settings ID ID number of the parameter S In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter number Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 3 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency relerenge to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5__ Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature Calculated motor V1 10 Motor temperature o 9 temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 AO
33. Unit Defeat A 1 14 1 10 00 s 1 00 1 0 1 0 1000 100 100 00 0 00 Unit Cust 100 Table 7 13 Output signals Analogue output 2 113 209 6 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference O fmax 3 Motor speed O Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque O T motor 0 6 Motor power O Pnwmotor 7 Motor voltage O Unmotor 8 DC link volt O 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output 0 7 14 PT100 temperature 4 3 308 O No filtering O Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA nf 375 472 See par 2 3 3 2 0 No filtering 473 474 1 Inverted 1 4 mA 475 476 477 114 209 Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell Analogue output 3 483 Code Parameter Unit Cust ID signal selection p2 3 5 2 Analogue output 3 479 See par 2 3 3 2 function p2 3 5 3 Analogue output 3 s 480 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 3 0 Not inverted P23 54 inversion Es a 1 Inverted Analogue output 3 0 0 mA P2 3 5 5 minim o 482 1 4 mA P2 3 5 6 scale 10 Analogue output 3 _ P2 3 5 7 offset 100 00 o Table 7 14 Output signals Analogue output 3 Honeywell 7 5 5 Code P2 4 1 P2 4 2 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 Parameter Min Max Unit P2 4
34. converter With DC injection the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest possible time without using an optional external braking resistor Description of parameters Honeywell 167 209 The braking time is scaled according to the frequency when the DC braking starts If the frequency is the nominal frequency of the motor the set value of parameter ID508 determines the braking time When the frequency is lt 10 of the nominal the braking time is 10 of the set value of parameter ID508 ne Output frequency x Ne Motor speed N kS x Output frequency N Motor speed DC braking ON 5 a DC braking ON a t 1 x Par ID508 gt t 0 1 x Par ID508 gt NX12K21 Figure 8 43 DC braking time when Stop mode Coasting Par ID506 1 Stop function Ramp After the Stop command the speed of the motor is reduced according to the set deceleration parameters as fast as possible to the speed defined with parameter ID515 where the DC braking starts The braking time is defined with parameter ID508 If high inertia exists it is recommended to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration See Figure 8 44 t Par D508 NX12K23 par ID515 Figure 8 44 DC braking time when Stop mode Ramp 168 209 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 Description of parameters Honeywell Prohibit frequency area 1 Low limit 23457 2
35. motor manufacturers If the motor s t6 time t6 is the time in seconds the motor can safely operate at six times the rated current is known given by the motor manufacturer the time constant parameter can be set basing on it As a rule of thumb the motor thermal time constant in minutes equals to 2xt6 If the drive is in stop stage the time constant is internally increased to three times the set parameter value The cooling in the stop stage is based on convection and the time constant is increased See also Figure 8 48 Motor thermal protection Motor duty cycle 234567 2 7 12 Defines how much of the nominal motor load is applied The value can be set to 0 100 See chapter 9 4 Honeywell 709 710 Description of parameters 179 209 A Motor temperature Trip area Motor j current l7 Fault warning par ID704 Ti ime constant T re Motor temperature l l x 1 e 1 Time gt Changes by motor size and adjusted with parameter ID707 NX12k82 Figure 8 48 Motor temperature calculation Stall protection 234567 2 7 13 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection and reset the stall time counter See chapter 9 5 Stall current limit 234567 2 7 14 The current can be set to 0 0 2 l4 Fora stall s
36. par ID463 is connected 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Analogue input supervised value 7 2 3 2 15 The value of the selected analogue input to be supervised by parameter ID373 Analogue output offset 67 2 3 5 7 2 3 3 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output PID sum point reference Place A direct reference 5 2 2 4 Defines which reference source is added to PID controller output if PID controller is used No additional reference Direct PID output value PID output Al1 reference from terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer PID output Al2 reference from terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer PID output PID keypad reference PID output Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference PID output Motor potentiometer reference Fieldbus PID output ProcessDatalN3 Motor potentiometer PID output If value 7 is selected for this parameter the values of parameters ID319 and ID301 are automatically set to 13 See Figure 8 33 NOOB OD PID Max limit 7 PID Min limit 7 7 Figure 8 33 PID sum point reference Note The maximum and minimum limits illustrated in the picture limit only the PID output no other outputs 154 209 377 384 Description of parameters Honeywell Al1 signal selection 234567 2 2 8 2 2 3 2 2 15 2 2 2 1 Connect the Al1 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming
37. thermistor fault 2 2 ise 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 22 Response to 3 2 733 See P2 7 21 fieldbus fault P2 7 23 E e slot EE on 2 734 See P2 7 21 P2 7 24 No of PT100 inputs 0 3 0 ee 0 No response Response to PT100 1 Warning P27 25 fault E 2 20 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 26 PT100 warning limit 200 0 Ce 120 0 See P2 7 27 PT100 fault limit 200 0 Ce 130 0 742 OE Table 5 9 Protections G2 7 Honeywell PID Control Application 5 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Parameter i i Default 10 00 0 50 Trialtime 0 00 60 00 30 00 Start function 0 Number of tries after 0 undervoltage trip Number of tries after 0 overvoltage trip Number of tries after 3 0 overcurrent trip Number of tries after 10 0 4mA reference trip Number of tries after 10 0 motor temp fault trip Number of tries after 10 0 external fault trip Number of tries after 10 0 underload fault trip Table 5 10 Autorestart parameters G2 8 5 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 Cust ID 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 726 725 738 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Code Parameter Default P3 1 Control place 1 R3 2 Keypad reference
38. 0 1 makes the acceleration time 10 times shorter than outside the prohibit frequency range limits fout Hz Par ID518 0 2 Par ID510 ID512 ID514 Par ID509 i Par ID518 1 2 ID511 1D513 Time s NX12k81 Figure 8 46 Ramp speed scaling between prohibit frequencies Flux braking current 234567 2 4 13 Defines the flux braking current value The value setting range depends on the used application Flux brake 234567 2 4 12 Instead of DC braking flux braking is a useful way to raise the braking capacity in cases where additional brake resistors are not needed When braking is needed the frequency is reduced and the flux in the motor is increased which in turn increases the motor s capability to brake Unlike DC braking the motor speed remains controlled during braking The flux braking can be set ON or OFF 0 Flux braking OFF 1 Flux braking ON Note Flux braking converts the energy into heat at the motor and should be used intermittently to avoid motor damage Motor control mode 2 6 2 6 12 With this parameter you can set another motor control mode Which mode is used is determined with parameter ID164 For the selections see parameter ID600 170 209 530 531 532 533 Description of parameters Honeywell Inching reference 1 6 2 2 7 27 Inching reference 2 6 2 2 7 28 These inputs activate the inching reference if inching is enabled The inputs also start the drive if
39. 00 s 0 10 329 0 No filtering p2 2 27 Motor potentiometer 94 2000 0 Hz s 10 0 331 ramp time i O No reset Motor potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or P2 2 28 er oe 1 367 powered down y 2 Reset if powered down Motor potentiometer 0 No reset 1 Reset if stopped or P2 2 29 iit dee 0 370 powered down 2 Reset if powered down 0 N0 inversion p2 2 33 uD reference 0 0 100 0 s 5 0 341 rising time Honeywell P2 2 34 P2 2 35 P2 2 36 P2 2 37 P2 2 38 P2 2 39 P2 2 40 P2 2 41 P2 2 42 P2 2 43 P2 2 44 P2 2 45 P2 2 46 P2 2 47 P2 2 48 P2 2 49 PID reference 100 0 falling time Reference scaling minimum value place 320 00 B Reference scaling maximum value 320 00 place B Al3 signal selection CE Al3 signal range Al3 inversion Alsfiltertime 0 00 10 00 Al4 signal selection Al4 signal range Al4 inversion 1 Al4 filter time 0 00 10 00 Actual value special 30000 display minimum Actual value special display maximum Cil 30000 Actual value special 4 display decimals Actual value special 0 28 display unit Table 5 4 Input signals G2 2 s Hz Hz PID Control Application 5 0 0 00 0 00 0 1 0 10 0 1 0 10 100 e s psp 366 0 Keep reference 1 Copy actual reference TTF programming method used See page 65 143 0 Signal range O 10V 1 Signal range 2 10V 151 finer 1 Inverted 142 O No filtering 152 TTF p
40. 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 eee gt 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls a F 14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 seli sel2 sel3 sel 4 with DIN3 0 0 0 0 basic speed 2 ee ee i et ee DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 1 0 0 0 speed 1 0 1 0 0 speed 2 l 16 DIN6 Multi step speed select 3 ane Fas r7 TE 1 1 1 1 speed 15 i l 17 CMB Common for DIN4A DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V c 18 AQ1 Output frequency Programmable READY l 19 AO1 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 5009 L 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC I OPT A3 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN len Sail ROW e RUN ENEE T eee eee 23 RO 24 RO2 E Relay output 2 Programmable 220 4 F 25 RO2 FAULT vac H 26 RO2 sa 28 THA Thermistor input T a EA l CEPE N TENE E NE E E _ 29 TI1 2 Thermistor input Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s User s Manual Table 4 1 Multi step speed control application default I O configuration Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding oe oe CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND els Factory default Honeywell Honeywell Multi step Speed Con
41. 15 00 17 50 20 00 22 50 25 00 27 50 30 00 32 50 35 00 40 00 45 00 50 00 Cust ID 101 102 103 104 107 110 111 112 113 120 Note NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system Check the rating plate of the motor The default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter the motor the motor 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 121 122 124 105 106 126 127 128 129 130 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Multi step speed 1 Multi step speed 2 Multi step speed 3 Multi step speed 4 Multi step speed 5 Multi step speed 6 Multi step speed 7 Multi step speed 8 Multi step speed 9 Multi step speed 10 Multi step speed 11 Multi step speed 12 Multi step speed 13 Multi step speed 14 Multi step speed 15 40 209 4 4 3 Code P2 2 3 P2 2 4 P2 2 5 P2 2 6 P2 2 7 P2 2 8 P2 2 9 P2 2 10 P2 2 11 P2 2 12 P2 2 13 P2 2 14 P2 2 15 P2 2 16 Start Stop logic DIN3 function Al1 signal selection Al1 signal range Al1 custom setting minimum Al1 custom setting maximum Al1 signal inversion Alt signal filter time Al2 signal selection Al2 signal range Al2 custom setting minimum Al2 custom setting Al2 signal inversion Al2 signal filter time Reference scaling minimum value
42. 209 6 6 3 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 0 00 P2 1 2 Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 P2 1 3 Acceleration time 1 3000 0 S 3 0 P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 3000 0 s 3 0 P2 1 5 Current limit A lL Nominal voltage of NAE AOON P2 1 6 ae ee 180 V NX5 400V NX6 690V Nominal frequency meg Nominal freque 320 00 Hz 50 00 Nominal speed of P2 1 8 ihe motor 20000 rpm 1440 Nominal current of P2 1 10 Motor cos 0 85 P2 1 11 I O Reference 15 16 0 es reference Fieldbus control p2 1 14 Jogging speed Par 2 1 2 Hz 5 00 reference P2 1 15 Presetspeed1 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 10 00 P2 1 16 Presetspeed2 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 15 00 P2 1 17 Presetspeed3 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 20 00 P2 1 18 Presetspeed4 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 25 00 P2 1 19 Presetspeed5 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 30 00 P2 1 20 Presetspeed6 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 40 00 P2 1 21 Presetspeed7 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 50 00 Multi purpose Control Application Table 6 5 Basic parameters G2 1 Honeywell NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system Check the rating plate of the motor The default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter the motor the motor 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 Al2 Al1 5 Al1xAl2 6 Al1 Joyst
43. 3 Acceleration time 2 3000 0 P2 4 4 Decelerationtime2 0 1 3000 0 n nn B 7 fe P2 4 6 Start function a P2 4 7 Stop function P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 00 b po4g DC braking time 0 00 600 00 at stop P2 4 10 p2 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 at start P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 00 kL P2 4 12 gt no Frequency to start DC braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz ramp stop n gt Table 7 15 Drive control parameters G2 4 7 9 6 P2 5 1 P2 5 2 P2 5 3 P2 5 4 P2 5 5 P2 5 6 P2 5 7 Code 0 1 0 0 10 0 10 0 O7xh 0 00 1 50 Pump and Fan Control Application Default Cust 504 505 506 507 508 515 516 520 519 115 209 gt 0 S curve ramp time gt 0 S curve ramp time Po isa ed 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable 0 DC brake is off at stop 0 DC brake is off at start 0 Off 1 On Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 509 0 Not used 0 Not used O Not used Parameter Prohibit frequency range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency range 1 high limit Prohibit frequency range 2 low limit Prohibit frequency range 2 high limit Prohibit frequency range 3 low limit Prohibit frequency range 3 high limit Prohibit acc dec ra
44. 4 Start Mot pot UP 5 Fwd pulse Rev pulse 6 Start pulse Rev pulse 7 Startpulse Enabl pulse 331 O No reset 367 1 Reset if stopped or powered down 2 Reset if powered down 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 493 3 A13 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 494 495 ID Note 377 324 O No filtering 0 0 100 1 20 100 320 22 410V 410V 3 Custom range 321 322 Selects the frequency that 303 corresponds to the min reference signal Selects the frequency that 304 corresponds to the max reference signal 384 385 386 165 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual 74 209 Code Parameter Min Max ID P2 2 3 1 AE signal es 388 selection P2 2 3 2 Al2 filter time 0 00 10 00 329 P2 2 3 3 Al2 signal range po 3 325 p2 2 3 4 Al2 custom minimum 16500 160 00 326 setting P2 2 3 5 Al2 custom 160 00 160 00 327 maximum setting Al2 reference P2 2 3 6 scaling minimum 320 00 393 value Al2 reference P2 2 3 7 scaling maximum 320 00 394 value P2 2 3 8 Ale joystick 0 00 20 00 395 hysteresis P2 2 3 9 Al2sleeplimit 0 00 100 00 396 P2 2 3 10 Al2sleepdelay 0 00 320 00 397 P2 2 3 11 Al2 joystick offset 100 00 100 00 166 Table 6 8 Analogue input 2 parameters G2 2 3 6 6 4 4 Analogue input 3 Control keypad Menu M2 2 G2 2 4 Code Parameter Max Unit Default Cust ID P2 2 4 1 AI3 signal 141 selection
45. 6 6 5 2 Delayed digital output 2 Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Digital output 2 Possible to invert with Bae signal selection Oi g 1ID1084 NXP onl Digital output 2 P2 3 2 2 function 0 490 See par 2 3 1 2 P2 3 2 3 ka epee eon s 0 00 491 0 00 delay not in use P2 3 2 4 AR ee eon s 0 00 492 0 00 delay not in use Table 6 14 Delayed digital output 2 parameters G2 3 2 78 209 6 6 5 3 Code P2 3 3 1 P2 3 3 2 P2 3 3 3 P2 3 3 4 P2 3 3 5 P2 3 3 6 P2 3 3 7 P2 3 3 8 P2 3 3 9 P2 3 3 10 P2 3 3 11 P2 3 3 12 P2 3 3 13 P2 3 3 14 P2 3 3 15 P2 3 3 16 P2 3 3 17 P2 3 3 18 P2 3 3 19 P2 3 3 20 P2 3 3 21 P2 3 3 22 P2 3 3 23 P2 3 3 24 P2 3 3 25 P2 3 3 26 P2 3 3 27 P2 3 3 28 NXP drives o P2 3 3 29 Multi purpose Control Application Parameter Min Default Cust ID Read ES Se Sa EEE Run Lo eS I T Fault Le T e l T Inverted fault Lo l o T T Warning Lo l T T External fault d 437 Reference fault warning O 01 438 Overtemperature 0 1 439 warning Reverse LS Ee SS SSE Unrequested direction 0 1 441 Jogging speed Les 0 1 i 443 Externalcontrolplace 0 01 444 External brake control O 01 445 External brake control 0 1 446 inverted 1 supervision 2 supervision supervision supervision Torque limit su roe _ 451 Motor thermal 452 protection supervision limit Motor regulator 454 activatio
46. 7 Sel 0 Al1 terminals 2 3 Al1 terminals 2 3 1 Al2 terminals 4 5 Al2 terminals 4 5 2 PID ref from menu M3 par R34 Al3 Fieldbus ref E FBProcessDatalN1 Ala 4 Motor potentiometer reference PID ref from menu M3 par R34 5 Fieldbus ref FBProcessDatalN1 6 Motor potentiometer reference Table 8 11 Selections for parameter ID332 PID controller actual value selection 57 2 2 8 2 2 1 8 This parameter selects the PID controller actual value 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 2 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 3 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 4 Greater one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 5 Smaller one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 6 Mean value of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 7 Square root of Actual value 1 Square root of Actual value 2 Actual value 1 selection 57 2 2 9 2 2 1 9 Actual value 2 selection 57 2 2 10 2 2 1 10 0 Not used 1 Alt control board 2 Al2 control board 3 AIS 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus Actual value 1 FBProcessDatalN2 Actual value 2 FBProcessDatalN3 Application 5 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency for Actual value 1 only Actual value 1 minimum scale 57 2 2 11 2 2 1 11 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 Actual value 1 maximum scale 57 2 2 12 2 2 1 12 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 Actual value 2 minimum scale 57 2 2
47. 9 4 P2 9 5 P2 9 6 P2 9 7 P2 9 8 P2 9 9 P2 9 10 P2 9 11 P2 9 12 P2 9 13 P2 9 14 P2 9 15 P2 9 16 P2 9 17 P2 9 18 P2 9 19 P2 9 20 P2 9 21 P2 9 22 P2 9 23 P2 9 24 P2 9 25 P2 9 26 Pump and Fan Control Application 119 209 Pump and fan control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 9 Parameter Number of auxiliary drives Start frequency auxiliary drive 1 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 1 Start frequency auxiliary drive 2 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 2 Start frequency auxiliary drive 3 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 3 Start frequency auxiliary drive 4 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 4 Start delay auxiliary drives Stop delay auxiliary drives Reference step auxiliary drive 1 Reference step auxiliary drive 2 Reference step auxiliary drive 3 Reference step auxiliary drive 4 PID controller bypass Analogue input selection for input pressure measurement Input pressure high limit Input pressure low limit Output pressure drop Frequency drop delay Frequency increase delay Interlock selection Autochange Autoch and interl automatics selection Autochange interval Min 0 Par 2 9 3 Par 2 1 1 Par 2 9 5 Par 2 1 1 Par 2 9 7 Par 2 1 1 Par 2 9 9 Par 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max Unit Default Cu
48. A ee ne See Nae TACO POETS CR Re NT TRE Te en eRe i ee 6 1 3 Control signal logic in Basic APDlCAtiOn xz vecsieaciad cdecnvenecede ced cdeeekaa bevaaeopeeddececeebee ede sandeneaeabeaeees 7 1 4 Basic Application Parameter lists cccssssccccccceeeeesensnnceeeeeeeceeessecenanaaaneeeesseseuensaaaseeeenees 8 2 Standard Applications isisisi ennhi io raan tee ee eee 11 251 Introduction ni ee Dead is ate Sasa pa a Deas aed a a E eek 11 Dee OOOO eE E E E a R a RE AAEE OEE 12 2 3 Control signal logic in Standard Application 2 ccccceeeseneeeeeeeeeeceenneeeeeeeeeeeeesseaeeeeeeeeteeeeaas 13 2 4 Standard Application Parameter liStS xcs ze cads codes side ecececugacededeaesvcscndvcncd easdsstedsends lt esieee 14 3 Local Remote Control Application ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeneeeaeeeeeenneees 22 Ol ARMOGUCHOM EEA stan E va Bee eect eee took eal caah ath a coet i aleve eer ccas cia 22 es OOM OL UO EAE METER E AEE RRE eh 0 8 co A ech ads Acces Bas 23 3 3 Control signal logic in Local Remote Application cccccccecceeeseteteeeeeeeteseeenseeeeeeteeeeeeeees 24 3 4 Local Remote control application Parameter liSts 2 cccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeseeseseeseeeeeees 25 4 Multi step Speed Control Application cccccccccsseeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeneeneesenseeeeees 35 Bd ANMOGUCHONM en oe eMac bein ee toda eae odes eek a heen ltt hd 35 POV OV MIO RE tee sd tae
49. Closed loop speed ctrl 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim n xX Unmot n X Unmot Parameter max value par 2 6 5 n X Unmot See Table 8 12 for exact values 0 Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping 0 Not used 1 Used P2 6 12 Load drooping P2 6 13 Identification Closed Loop parameter group 2 Magnetizing current Speed control P gain Speed control time Acceleration compensation Slip adjust Magnetizing current at start P2 6 14 8 Magnetizing time at start P2 6 14 9 0 speed time at start P2 6 14 10 0 speed time at stop P2 6 14 11 Start up torque P2 6 14 12 P2 6 14 13 P2 6 14 15 P2 6 14 17 Start up torque FWD Start up torque REV Encoder filter time Current control P gain Table 5 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 0 00 ojo 300 0 300 0 0 0 0 00 300 0 1 2 300 00 60000 ms 300 0 100 0 100 00 0 00 0 0 100 100 40 00 631 626 628 615 616 621 633 634 618 617 O No action 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run 0 Not used 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev 60 209 PID Control Application Honeywell 5 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 Code Parameter x Unit Default Cust ID Note Min Ma 0 N
50. DO1 RO1 BRAKE OFF i i DO1 RO1 ON i l RO2 ON i i RO2 DIN1 RUN FWD DIN1 START i STOP PULSE A l DIN2 RUN REV STOP t DIN2 STOP gt PULSE NX12K45 Figure 8 24 External brake control a Start Stop logic selection ID300 0 1 or 2 b Start Stop logic selection ID300 3 Honeywell 354 355 356 357 358 Description of parameters 147 209 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 34567 2 3 20 2 3 4 11 2 3 2 11 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the temperature of the frequency converter unit falls below or exceeds the set limit ID355 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 1 depending on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 depending on to which output the supervision signal par ID450 is connected applications 6 and 7 Frequency converter temperature limit value 34567 2 3 21 2 3 4 12 2 3 2 12 This temperature value is supervised by parameter ID354 Analogue supervision signal 6 2 3 4 13 With this parameter you can select the analogue input to be monitored 0 Not used 1 Al 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 Analogue supervision low limit 6 2 3 4 14 Analogue supervision high limit 6 2 3 4 15 These parameters set the low and high limits of the signal selected with par ID356 See Figure 8 25 Analogue input sel
51. External brake On oo 100 0 dela Frequency converter temperature limit supervision Frequency converter temperature limit 10 value Pages signal selection e ied function era ome filter time mefe inversion 2 Analogue output 2 minimum Analogue output 2 scaling 19 Table 3 5 Output signals G2 3 Local Remote Control Application 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 471 472 473 474 475 476 Honeywell 0 No 1 Low limit 2 High limit 0 No 1 Low limit 2 High limit 0 No 1 Low limit 2 High limit TTF programming method used See page 65 As parameter 2 3 2 O No filtering 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 1 4 mA 3 4 5 P2 4 1 P2 4 2 P2 4 6 P2 4 7 P2 4 9 P2 4 10 P2 4 11 Honeywell Code P2 4 3 P2 4 4 P2 4 8 P2 4 12 P2 4 13 Local Remote Control Application Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 Parameter Min Max Unit Ramp 2 shape S Acceleration time 2 3000 0 Deceleration time 2 3000 0 7 ele _ ae DC braking current 0 00 lk DC braking time 0 00 600 00 at stop w he Frequency to start DC braking during ramp stop Flux braking current 0 00 tk nn gt n DC braking time at start n gt Table 3 6 Drive control parameters G2 4 3 4 6 P2 5 2 P2 5 3 P2 5 4 P2 5 5 P2 5 6 0 1
52. Fieldbus min scale Fieldbus max scale Fieldbus data out 1 selection Fieldbus data out 2 selection Fieldbus data out 3 selection Fieldbus data out 4 selection Fieldbus data out 5 selection Fieldbus data out 6 selection Fieldbus data out 7 selection Fieldbus data out 8 selection NXP drives only Fieldbus data in 1 selection Fieldbus data in 2 selection Fieldbus data in 3 selection Fieldbus data in 4 selection Fieldbus data in 5 selection Fieldbus data in 6 selection Fieldbus data in 7 selection Fieldbus data in 8 selection Table 6 31 Fieldbus parameters Multi purpose Control Application Max 320 00 320 00 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 Unit Hz Hz Default 0 00 Fieldbus parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 9 Cust 0 00 1 2 45 37 1140 46 47 48 ID 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 O with parameter ID with parameter ID with parameter ID with parameter ID with parameter ID with parameter ID with parameter ID Choose controlled data with parameter ID Choose controlled data with parameter ID with parameter ID Choose controlled data with parameter ID Choose controlled data with parameter ID with parameter ID Choose controlled data with para
53. ID349 e 3 Brake off Brake on Run state ON No Run request DELAY COUNT Reversing No run WMG No brake on control 0 2 1D315 tt 3 AND Brake on ctrl 2 limits 3 OR No brake on control 0 3 ID346 ooo N A NA Brake on off crtl 1 limit 4 04 U09 uo ye1g ID316 7 ID347 Output frequency lt NX12k114 fh8 Figure 9 2 Brake control logic When using the Master Follower function the follower drive will open the brake at the same time with the Master even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have not been met 208 209 Appendices Honeywell 9 2 Closed loop parameters ID s 612 to 621 Select the Closed loop control mode by setting value 3 or 4 for parameter ID600 Closed loop control mode see page 171 is used when enhanced performance near zero speed and better static soeed accuracy with higher speeds are needed Closed loop control mode is based on rotor flux oriented current vector control With this controlling principle the phase currents are divided into a torque producing current portion and a magnetizing current portion Thus the squirrel cage induction machine can be controlled in a fashion of a separately excited DC motor Note These parameters can be used with NXP drive only EXAMPLE Motor Control Mode 3 Closed loop speed control
54. NOTE This parameter will not work unless you have OPT A3 or OPT B2 thermistor relay board connected 454 Motor regulator activation 67 2 3 3 23 2 3 1 23 Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator has been activated 455 Fieldbus input data 1 FBFixedControlWord bit 3 67 2 3 3 24 2 3 1 24 456 Fieldbus input data 2 FBFixedControlWord bit 4 67 2 3 3 25 2 3 1 25 457 Fieldbus input data 3 FBFixedControlWord bit 5 67 2 3 3 26 2 3 1 26 The data from the fieldbus FBFixedControlWord can be led to frequency converter digital outputs 458 Autochange 1 Auxiliary drive 1 control 7 2 3 1 27 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 1 Default programming B 1 459 Autochange 2 Auxiliary drive 2 control 7 2 3 1 28 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 2 Default programming B 2 162 209 Description of parameters Honeywell 460 Autochange 3 Auxiliary drive 3 control 7 2 3 1 29 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 3 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend to connect nr 3 too to a relay output Since the OPT A3 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with extra relay outputs e g OPT B5 461 Autochange 4 Auxiliary drive 4 control 7 2 3 1 30 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 4 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend to connect nr 3 and 4 too to a relay output Since the OPT A3 board only has two relay ou
55. Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Al1 joystick 6 Al2 joystick 7 Torque reference from keypad R3 5 8 Fieldbus torque ref 0 Max frequency 1 Selected frequency ref 2 Preset speed 7 0 CL speed control 1 Pos neg freq limits 2 RampOut 3 NegFreqLimit RampOut 4 RampOut PosFreqLimit 5 RampOut Window 6 0 RampOut 7 RampOut Window On Off 6 6 14 P2 11 1 P2 11 2 P2 11 3 P2 11 4 P2 11 7 Honeywell Code P2 11 5 P2 11 6 Multi purpose Control Application NXP drives Master Follower parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 11 Parameter Master Follower mode Follower stop function Follower speed reference select Follower torque reference select Speed share Load share Master Follower mode 2 Min Max Unit 300 00 300 00 Table 6 33 Master Follower parameters G2 5 Default 100 00 100 0 1089 1081 1083 1283 1248 1093 Note 0 Single drive 1 Master drive 2 Follower drive 3 Current master 4 Current follower 0 Coasting 1 Ramping 2 As Master 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 Al2 Al1 5 Al1xAl2 6 Al1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiometer 11 Al1 Al2 minimum 12 Al1 Al2 maximum 13 Max frequency 14 Al1 Al2 selection 15 Encoder 1 16 Encoder 2 17 Master Reference 18 Master Ramp Out 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Al1 joystick 6 Al2 joystick 7 Torque reference from
56. P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Stop amp Update Interlockings are used The automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new set up Example P1 gt P2 gt P4 gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 See Chapter 7 4 3 Examples 102 209 Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell yW 7 4 3 Examples Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and no autochange Situation One controlled drive and three auxiliary drives Parameter settings 2 9 1 3 2 9 25 0 Interlock feedback signals used autochange not used Parameter settings 2 9 23 1 2 9 24 0 The interlock feedback signals come from the digital inputs selected with parameters 2 2 6 18 to 2 2 6 21 The Auxiliary drive 1 control par 2 3 1 27 is enabled through Interlock 1 par 2 2 6 18 the Auxiliary drive 2 control par 2 3 1 28 through Interlock 2 par 2 2 6 19 etc Phases 1 The system and the motor controlled by the frequency converter are started 2 The Auxiliary drive 1 starts when the main drive reaches the starting frequency set par 2 9 2 3 The main drive decreases speed down to Auxiliary drive 1 Stop frequency par 2 9 3 and starts to rise toward the Start frequency of Auxiliary drive 2 if needed 4 The Auxiliary drive 2 starts when the main drive has reached the starting frequency set par 2 9 4 5 The Interlock feedback is removed from Aux drive 2 Because the Aux drive 3 is
57. P2 2 4 2 AI3 filter time 10 00 S 142 P2 2 4 3 Al3 signal range 3 143 p2 2 4 4 Als custom minimum 46599 160 00 144 setting P2 2 4 5 AlS custom 460 00 160 00 145 maximum setting P2 2 4 6 Al3 signal inversion o 1 151 Multi purpose Control Application Table 6 9 Analogue input 3 parameters G2 2 4 Honeywell Note 0 No filtering 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range Selects the frequency that corresponds to the min reference signal Selects the frequency that corresponds to the max reference signal Note 0 No filtering 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual Honeywell Code Parameter Max P2 2 5 1 Al signal selection P2 2 5 2 Al4 filter time 10 00 P2 2 5 3 Al4 signal range 3 Al4 custom minimum P2 2 5 4 setting 160 00 160 00 P2 2 5 5 Al4 custom 469 00 160 00 maximum setting P2 2 5 6 Al4 signal inversion o 1 Table 6 10 Analogue input 4 parameters G2 2 5 6 6 4 6 Code P2 2 6 1 P2 2 6 2 P2 2 6 3 P2 2 6 4 P2 2 6 5 NXP drives only P2 2 6 6 P2 2 6 7 P2 2 6 8 Parameter Min Max Scaling of current 0 5 limit Scaling of DC braking 0 5 current Reducing of acc dec 0 5 times Reducing of torque 0
58. P2 7 20 P2 7 21 P2 7 22 P2 7 23 Code P2 7 7 P2 7 12 P2 7 14 P2 7 15 P2 7 19 Protections Control Menu M2 gt G2 7 Parameter ax Unit Response to 4mA reference fault 4mA reference fault Se frequenc external fault supervision undervoltage fault supervision Earth fault protection Oo 3 Thermal protection EEN ERE of the motor temperature factor Motor cooling factor EAEI at zero speed Motor thermal HRR constant Motor duty cycle EREI Stall current 0 00 2x A Stall time limit 120 00 nuh Par Field weakening area load 150 Zero frequenc AREA 150 0 ka Underload 2 A protection time limit Response to 3 thermistor fault Response to 3 fieldbus fault Response to slot 3 fault Table 3 9 Protections G2 7 Default 0 00 2 0 0 40 0 Varies 100 lH 15 00 25 0 50 10 0 20 Local Remote Control Application Cust 700 728 701 730 727 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 732 733 734 Note 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 Fault stored in history 1 Fault not stored 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1
59. Set here the response mode for a board slot fault due to missing or broken board See parameter ID732 Automatic restart Number of tries after underload fault trip 2 8 10 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 0 No automatic restart after Underload fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after Underload fault trip Honeywell 739 740 741 742 750 751 Description of parameters 185 209 Number of PT100 inputs in use 567 2 7 24 If you have a PT100 input board installed in your frequency converter you can choose here the number of PT 100 inputs in use See also the I O boards manual Note If the selected value is greater than the actual number of used PT 100 inputs the display will read 200 C If the input is short circuited the displayed value is 30 C Response to PT100 fault 567 2 7 25 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting PT100 warning limit 567 2 7 26 Set here the limit at which the PT100 warning will be activated PT100 fault limit 567 2 7 27 Set here the limit at which the PT100 fault F56 will be activated Cooling monitor 6 2 2 7 23 When using a water cooled drive connect this input to the Cooling OK signal from flow control application The parameter is available for NXP drives only Cooling fau
60. The pulse train is OFF when the input switch acknowledgement goes high The parameter is available for NXP drives only Inching reference 1 6 2 4 16 Inching reference 2 6 2 4 17 These parameters define the frequency reference when inching is activated The parameter is available for NXP drives only Speed share 6 2 11 5 Defines the percentage for final speed reference from received speed reference Torque reference filtering time6 2 10 10 Load share 6 2 11 6 Defines the percentage for final torque reference from received torque reference 200 209 1250 1252 1253 1276 1278 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 Description of parameters Honeywell Flux reference 6 2 6 27 32 Defines how much magnetization current will be used Speed step 6 2 6 19 23 2 6 29 24 NCDrive parameter to help adjusting the speed controller Torque step 6 2 6 19 24 2 6 29 25 NCDrive parameter to help adjusting the torque controller Emergency stop mode 6 2 4 21 Defines the action after the IO emergency input goes low The parameter is available for NXP drives only 0 Coasting stop 1 Ramping stop Torque speed limit Closed Loop 6 2 10 6 With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be selected Closed Loop speed control Positive and negative frequency limit Ramp generator output Negative frequency limit Ramp generator output Ramp generator output Positive
61. U _ signal takes place Note In application 3 Al1 is place B frequency reference if parameter ID131 0 default If this parameter 1 inversion of analogue signal takes place max Al1 signal minimum set speed min Al1 signal maximum set speed A Output frequency ID320 0 Al1 0 100 ID320 1 Al1 custom 100 NX12K71 Figure 8 18 Al no signal inversion A Output frequency i f I l ID320 0 Alt 0 100 i I I i I I ID320 1 Al1 custom All termin 2 gt I 2 100 NX12K73 Figure 8 19 Al1 signal inversion All signal filter time 34567 2 2 8 2 2 20 2 2 2 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analogue signal is activated Long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See Figure 8 20 Unfiltered signal Filtered signal NX12K74 Figure 8 20 Al1 signal filtering 141 209 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 142 209 Description of parameters Honeywell Analogue input Al2 signal range 34567 2 2 10 2 2 22 2 2 3 3 Applic 3 4 5 6 7 Sel 0 0 20mMA 0 20mMA 0 100 0 100 1 4 20mMA 4mA 20 100 20 100 20 100 2 Customised Customised 10 4 10V Customised 3 Customised Table 8 10 Selections for parameter ID325 A Output frequency ID304
62. Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting O No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting O No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting See P2 7 21 See P2 7 21 34 209 Local Remote Control Application Honeywell yW 3 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Parameter i i Default Cust ID 10 00 0 50 717 Trialtime 0 00 60 00 30 00 718 Start function 0 719 1 Flying start es ee 2 According to par 2 4 6 Number of tries after 0 720 undervoltage trip es es Number of tries after ARA 0 721 overvoltage trip ESS Number of tries after oe ee 0 722 overcurrent trip N Number of tries after 10 0 723 4mA reference trip Number of tries after 10 0 726 motor temp fault trip pie ae O Number of tries after 10 0 725 external fault trip Po Number of tries after underload fault trip ofw Q R Table 3 10 Autorestart parameters G2 8 3 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual Parameter Unit Default Cust Control place 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus K Par Par x aa premene 0 0 Limited function of Stop button Stop button l 1 Stop button always enabled Table 3 11 Keypad control parameters M3 3 4 11 System
63. activated and if there is no Run Request command from anywhere else The parameter is available for NXP drives only Enable inching 6 2 2 7 26 If you are using the inching function the input value must be TRUE set by a digital signal or by setting the value of the parameter to 0 2 The parameter is available for NXP drives only Inching ramp 6 2 4 18 This parameter defines the acceleration and deceleration times when inching is active The parameter is available for NXP drives only Honeywell 600 601 602 Description of parameters 171 209 Motor control mode 234567 2 6 1 NXS 0 Frequency control The I O terminal and keypad references are frequency ref erences and the frequency converter controls the output frequency output frequency resolution 0 01 Hz 1 Speed control The I O terminal and keypad references are speed refer ences and the frequency converter controls the motor speed compensating the motor slip accuracy 0 5 2 Torque control Multi Purpose Control application only In torque control mode the references are used to control the motor torque The following selections are available for NXP drives in applications 2 3 4 5 and 7 Selections 5 and 6 are not available in application 6 Multipurpose Control Application 3 Speed crtl closed loop The I O terminal and keypad references are speed refer ences and the frequency converter controls the motor speed very accurately compar
64. ae gt 0 S curve ramp time 0 Linear 30l gt 0 S curve ramp time 502 o ee 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no 0 Ramp 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp so7 fo 508 0 DC brake is off at stop 516 0 DC brake is off at start 0 Off 520 1 0n 519 S 506 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 0 Not used 510 O Not used 0 Not used 512 O Not used O Not used 514 O Not used 513 Honeywell 5 4 7 Code Parameter Motor control mode U f optimisation U f ratio selection Field weakening point Voltage at field weakening point U f curve midpoint frequenc U f curve midpoint voltage Output voltage at zero frequency N D ce Switching frequency Overvoltage controller Undervoltage P2 6 11 controller Min 8 00 10 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 0 P2 6 4 Max 1 3 320 00 200 00 par 100 00 40 00 Varies Unit Hz Hz kHz PID Control Application Default 50 00 100 00 50 00 100 00 Varies Varies Cust Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 ID 600 109 108 602 603 605 606 601 607 608 Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3
65. after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal in the programmable digital inputs DIN3 The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 and into relay outputs RO1 and RO2 Output phase supervision 234567 2 7 6 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Output phase supervision of the motor ensures that the motor phases have an approximately equal current Earth fault protection 234567 2 7 7 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Earth fault protection ensures that the sum of the motor phase currents is zero The overcurrent protection is always working and protects the frequency converter from earth faults with high currents Motor thermal protection 234567 2 7 8 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If tripping is selected the drive will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating the protection i e setting parameter to 0 will reset the thermal stage of the motor to 0 See chapter 9 4 Motor thermal protection Motor ambient temp factor 234567 2 7 9 The factor can be set between 100 0 100 0 See chapter 9 4 178 209 706 707 708
66. been met External brake control inverted 67 2 3 3 15 2 3 1 15 External brake ON OFF control Output active when brake control is OFF Used in appli cations where the mechanical brake is in duty when voltage is not applied to the brake coil Description of parameters 161 209 Honeywell When using the Master Follower function the follower drive will open the brake at the same time as the Master does even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have not been met 447 Output frequency limit 1 supervision 67 2 3 3 16 2 3 1 16 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameters ID315 and ID316 448 Output frequency limit 2 supervision 67 23 347 2 3442 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameters ID346 and ID347 449 Reference limit supervision 67 2 3 3 18 2 3 1 18 Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see parameters ID350 and ID351 450 Temperature limit supervision 67 2 3 3 19 2 3 1 19 Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters ID354 and ID355 451 Torque limit supervision 67 2 3 3 20 2 3 1 20 The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters ID348 and ID349 452 Motor thermal protection 67 2 3 3 21 2 3 1 21 Motor thermistor initiates a overtemperature signal which can be led to a digital output
67. contact forward See Figure 8 31 A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting NX12K10 Figure 8 31 Start Stop Reverse 2 DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Honeywell 364 365 Description of parameters 151 209 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN4 closed contact start pulse DIN5 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 8 32 A Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are frequency ID506 simultaneous the Stop pulse coasting overrides the Start pulse a Figure 8 32 Start pulse Stop pulse The selections 4 to 6 shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started 4 DIN4 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN5 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 5 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed con
68. enough current at zero speed Set then the midpoint voltage ID605 to 1 4142 ID606 and midpoint frequency ID604 to value ID606 100 ID111 NOTE In high torque low speed applications it is likely that the motor will overheat If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these condi tions special attention must be paid to cooling the motor Use external cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high Nominal voltage of the motor 2 6 2 1 6 Find this value U on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets the voltage at the field weakening point ID603 to 100 Unmotor Note also used connection Delta Star Nominal frequency of the motor 2 7 2 1 7 Find this value f on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets the field weakening point ID602 to the same value Nominal speed of the motor 2 8 2 1 8 Find this value n on the rating plate of the motor Nominal current of the motor 2 9 2 1 9 Find this value on the rating plate of the motor 124 209 117 118 119 120 Description of parameters Honeywell I O frequency reference selection 12346 2 14 2 1 11 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the I O control place Applic 1to4 6 Sel 0 Analogue volt ref Analogue volt ref Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 1 Analogue curr ref Analogue curr ref Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 2 Keypad ref
69. freq 1D101 me in freq D101 mae l gt A 0 10 NX12K13 Figure 8 10 Left Reference scaling Right No scaling used par ID303 0 Honeywell 305 306 307 Reference inversion 2 Inverts reference signal Max ref signal Min set freq Min ref signal Max set freq 0 No inversion 1 Reference inverted Reference filter time 2 Filters out disturbances from the incoming analogue Un signal Long filtering time makes regulation response slower Analogue output function Description of parameters 135 209 2 2 6 A Output frequency T Max freq ID102 1 Analogue F Min freq 1D101 input gt i 0 max NX12K14 Figure 8 11 Reference invert 2 2 7 Unfiltered signal Filtered signal t s gt NX12K15 Figure 8 12 Reference filtering 2 16 2 3 2 2 3 5 2 2 3 3 2 This parameter selects the desired function for the analogue output signal See pages 9 17 29 42 56 80 and 113 for the parameter values available in the respective application 136 209 308 309 310 Description of parameters Honeywell Analogue output filter time 234567 2 3 3 2 3 5 3 2 3 3 3 Defines the filtering time of the analogue output signal Setting this parameter value 0 will Unfiltered signal deactivate filtering t s gt NX12K16 Figure 8 13 Analogue output filtering Analogue output inversion 234567
70. ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Start Stop Contact closed start Control place A PID controller 9 DIN2 External fault input Contact closed fault programmable Contact open no fault 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed fault reset programmable 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Start Stop Control place B Contact closed Start Direct frequency reference 15 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed active programmable 16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open Control place A is active Contact closed Control place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4A DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable 19 AO1 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 5002 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector Is50mA U lt 48 VDC OPT A3 21 RO1 i Relay output 1 Programmable 22 RO1 RUN 23 RO 24 RO2 A Relay output 2 Programmable 25 RO2 FAULT 26 RO2 28 T11 1 Thermistor input 29 TI1 2 Thermistor input Table 5 1 PID application default I O configuration with 2 wire transmitter Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s user s manual Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding ee ee CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connect
71. keypad R3 5 8 FB Torque Reference 9 Master Torque Active also in Single mode Active also in Single mode 0 Single drive 1 Master drive 2 Follower drive 3 Current master 4 Current follower 94 209 Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell yw 6 6 15 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Parameter Max Unit Default Cust Control place e 3 1 Keypad reference pad reference E 2 1 1 Par 2 1 2 Hz 0 PC Control 1 1 O terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Saas peat on 0 Forward 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled peat pad Stop button fa 1 1 Torque reference 0 0 100 0 0 0 Table 6 34 Keypad control parameters M3 6 6 16 System menu Control keypad Menu M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 6 6 17 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s user s manual Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell 7 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION S
72. reset External fault close External fault open Acc Dec time selection Acc Dec prohibit DC braking Jogging speed Al1 Al2 selection Control from I O terminal Control from keypad Control from fieldbus Parameter set 1 set 2 selection Motor control mode 1 2 only Cooling monitor External brake acknowledge Prevention of startup Enable inching Inching reference 1 Inching reference 2 Reset encoder counter Emergency stop Master Follower mode 2 Input switch acknowledgement Preset speed 1 Preset speed 3 oO oO O O Oo S o jojoj o ID 403 404 407 412 419 420 421 417 418 414 405 406 408 415 416 413 422 409 410 411 496 164 750 1210 1420 532 530 531 1090 1213 1092 1209 Honeywell Note Motor start enabled cc Direction forward oc Direction reverse cc See preset speeds in Basic Parameters G2 1 Mot pot reference decreases Q O Mot pot reference increases cc All faults reset cc Ext fault displayed cc Ext fault displayed oc Acc Dec time 1 oc Acc Dec time 2 cc Acc Dec prohibited cc DC braking active cc Jogging speed selected for frequency reference cc Force control place to I O terminal cc Force control place to keypad cc Force control place to fieldbus cc Closed cont Set 2 is used Open cont Set 1 is used Closed cont Mode 2 is used
73. response 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 Fault stored in history 1 Fault not stored 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting See P2 7 21 See P2 7 21 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 118 209 Pump and Fan Control Application 7 5 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Parameter Max 10 00 60 00 Start function 2 Number of tries after 10 undervoltage trip Number of tries after 10 overvoltage trip Number of tries after 3 overcurrent trip Number of tries after 4mA reference trip 10 Number of tries after motor temperature 10 fault trip Number of tries after 10 external fault trip Number of tries after underload fault trip Table 7 19 Autorestart parameters G2 8 720 721 722 723 726 725 738 Honeywell Note 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 Honeywell 7 5 10 Code P2 9 1 P2 9 2 P2 9 3 P2
74. scaling Figure 8 15 Analogue output scaling Digital output function 23456 2 3 7 2 3 1 2 Relay output 1 function 2345 2 3 8 2 3 1 3 Relay output 2 function 2345 2 3 9 Setting value Signal content 0 Not used Out of operation Digital output DO1 sinks the current and programmable relay RO1 RO2 is activated when 1 Ready The frequency converter is ready to operate 2 Run The frequency converter operates motor is running 3 Fault A fault trip has occurred 4 Fault inverted 5 Overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 Applications 2 10 Jogging speed Applications 3456 11 At speed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Output frequency limit supervision 14 Control from I O terminals Appl 2 14 Output freq limit 2 supervision Applications 3456 A fault trip not occurred The heat sink temperature exceeds 70 C Fault or warning depending on par ID701 Fault or warning depending on par ID700 if analogue reference is 4 20 mA and signal is lt 4mA Always if a warning exists The reverse command has been selected The preset speed has been selected with digital input The jogging speed has been selected with digital input The output frequency has reached the set reference Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit
75. see parameter ID s 315 and 316 below I O control mode selected in menu M3 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameter ID s 346 and 347 below 315 138 209 15 Thermistor fault or warning Appl 2 15 Torque limit supervision Appl 3456 16 Fieldbus input data Application 2 16 Reference limit supervision 17 External brake control Appl 3456 18 Control from I O terminals Appl 3456 19 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision Appl 3456 20 Unrequested rotation direction Appl 345 20 Reference inverted Appl 6 21 External brake control inverted Appl 3456 22 Thermistor fault or warning Appl 3456 23 Fieldbus input data Application 5 23 Analogue input supervision Application 6 24 Fieldbus input data 1 Application 6 25 Fieldbus input data 2 Application 6 26 Fieldbus input data 3 Application 6 Description of parameters Honeywell The thermistor input of option board indicates overtemperature Fault or warning depending on par ID732 The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit par ID348 and ID349 Fieldbus input data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit par ID350 and 1ID351 External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay par ID352 and ID353 External control mode Menu M3
76. the value of parameter 2 9 28 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of parameter 2 9 27 Honeywell Pump and Fan Control Application 101 209 7 4 2 Interlock selection P2 9 23 This parameter is used to activate the interlock inputs The interlocking signals come from the motor switches The signals functions are connected to digital inputs which are programmed as interlock inputs using the corresponding parameters The pump and fan control automatics only control the motors with active interlock data The interlock data can be used even when the Autochange function is not activated If the interlock of an auxiliary drive is inactivated and another unused auxiliary drive available the latter will be put to use without stopping the frequency converter If the interlock of the controlled drive is inactivated all motors will be stopped and re started with the new set up If the interlock is re activated in Run status the automatics functions according to parameter 2 9 23 Interlock selection 0 Not used 1 Update in stop Interlocks are used The new drive will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED 3 P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt
77. torque V1 6 _ Motor power 5_ Motor shaft power V1 7 _ Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Paara mpor temperature V1 11 Voltage input V 13 Al V1 12 Current input mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses Digital and relay output V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 stat ses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 AO1 Displays three M1 17 Multimonitoring items selectable monitoring values Table 1 2 Monitoring values Honeywell Table 1 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Basic Application Unit Hz Hz n H N rom Hz Hz Cust ID 101 103 104 107 Default a NX2 230V NX5 400V NX6 690V 110 50 00 111 112 113 120 505 506 109 117 302 307 301 0 00 105 50 00 106 731 1 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max P2 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 2 P2 2 Max frequency Par 2 1 320 00 P2 3 Acceleration time 1 3000 0 P2 4 Deceleration time 1 3000 0 P2 5 Current limit 2x lH Nominal voltage of P2 6 the motor 180 630 Nominal frequency P2 7 of the motor 8 00 320 00 Nominal speed of P2 8 the motor 20000 P2 9 Nominal current of 01xl 2x the motor aie H P2 10 Motor coso 0 30 1 00 P2 11 Start function o 1 P2 12 Stop function a 3 P2
78. unused it will be started to replace the removed Aux drive 2 6 The main drive increases speed to maximum because no more auxiliary drives are available 7 The removed Aux drive 2 is reconnected and placed last in the auxiliary drive start order which now is 1 3 2 The main drive decreases speed to the set Stop frequency The auxiliary drive start order will be updated either immediately or in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc according to par 2 9 23 8 If still more power is needed the main drive speed rises up to the maximum frequency placing 100 of the output power in the system s disposal When the need of power decreases the auxiliary drives turn off in the opposite order 2 3 1 after the update 3 2 1 Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and autochange The above is also applicable if the autochange function is used In addition to the changed and updated start order also the change order of main drives depends on parameter 2 9 23 Honeywell Pump and Fan Control Application 103 209 Interlocks Interlock 4 OFF Interlock 3 2 OFF Interlock 2 OFF Interlock 1 Q coe Relay control SEa Maeg Aux 1 2and3 Start frequency Main drive output freq Aux 1 2and 3 Stop frequency PID output n Aux drive 2 Aux drive 3 Aux drive 1 Figure 7 4 Example of the function of the PFC application with three aux drives
79. value 10 00 Max freq 50 Hz In this example the PID controller operates practically as controller only According to the given value of parameter 2 1 13 I time the PID output increases by 5 Hz 10 of the difference between the maximum and minimum frequency every second until the error value is 0 PID output Error value NX12k70 Figure 8 3 PID controller function as I controller Honeywell Description of parameters 127 209 Example 2 Given values Par 2 1 12 P 100 Par 2 1 13 I time 1 00 s Par 2 1 14 D time 1 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 Max freq 50 Hz As the power is switched on the system detects the difference between the setpoint and the actual process value and starts to either raise or decrease in case the error value is negative the PID output according to the I time Once the difference between the set point and the process value has been reduced to 0 the output is reduced by the amount corresponding to the value of parameter 2 1 13 In case the error value is negative the frequency converter reacts reducing the output correspondingly See Figure 8 4 PID output Error value NX12k69 Figure 8 4 PID output curve with the values of Example 2 128 209 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 Example 3 Given values Par 2 1 12 P 100 Par 2 1 13 l time 0 00 s Par 2 1 14 D time 1 00 s Desc
80. want to use the values of a digital input signal for e g testing purposes only you can set the board slot value to 0 and the terminal number to any number between 2 10 to place the input to a TRUE state In other words the value 1 corresponds to open contact and values 2 to 10 to closed contact In case of analogue inputs giving the value 1 for the terminal number corresponds to 0 signal level value 2 corresponds to 20 value 3 to 30 and so on Giving value 10 for the terminal number corresponds to 100 signal level Honeywell Multi purpose Control Application 6 5 Master Follower function NXP only The Master Follower function is designed for applications in which the system is run by several NXP drives and the motor shafts are coupled to each other via gearing chain belt etc The NXP drives are in closed loop control mode The external control signals are connected to the Master NXP only The Master controls the Follower s via a SystemBus The Master station is typically speed controlled and the other drives follow its torque or speed reference Torque control of the Follower should be used when the motor shafts of the Master and Follower drives are coupled solidly to each other by gearing a chain etc so that no speed difference between the drives is possible Speed control of the Follower should be used when the motor shafts of the Master and the Follower drives are coupled flexibly to each other so that a sl
81. 0 0 10 0 10 0 O7xh 0 00 1 50 Default Cust O Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time 0 Linear 30l gt 0 S curve ramp time Oooo E 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no 504 505 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable 506 507 508 0 DC brake is off at stop 0 DC brake is off at start 0 Off 1 On 515 516 520 519 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Parameter Prohibit frequency range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency range 1 high limit Prohibit frequency range 2 low limit Prohibit frequency range 2 high limit Prohibit frequency range 3 low limit Prohibit frequency range 3 high limit Prohibit acc dec Table 3 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 0 00 0 0 0 00 Default Cust 0 Prohibit range 1 is off 512 0 Prohibit range 2 is off 0 Prohibit range 3 is off 513 514 518 32 209 3 4 7 O 2 U N D wo P2 6 10 P2 6 11 P2 6 12 P2 6 13 Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 P2 6 14 1 P2 6 14 2 P2 6 14 3 P2 6 14 5 P2 6 14 6 P2 6 14 7 P2 6 14 8 P2 6 14 9 P2 6 14 10 P2 6 14 11 P2 6 14 12 P2 6 14 13 Switching frequency Speed control P gain Speed control time 0 speed time at start 0 speed time at stop Start up torque FWD Start up torque REV Mot
82. 0 633 e P2 6 27 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 100 0 ms 0 0 618 P2 6 27 17 a ee 0 00 100 00 40 00 617 Pgain _ P2 6 27 19 PRA Poer 0 0 300 0 300 0 1290 P2 6 27 20 venta Pons 0 0 300 0 300 0 1289 P2 6 27 21 pee ae 0 0 300 0 300 0 645 P2 6 27 22 ease ahs 0 0 300 0 300 0 646 P2 6 27 23 _ Flux off delay 1 32000 s 0 1402 1 Always P2 6 27 24 Stop state flux 0 0 150 0 100 0 14401 O OE P2 6 27 25 SPC f1 point 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 1301 O O OE P2 6 27 26 SPC fO point 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 1300 OOOO O O P2 6 27 27 SPC Kp f0 0 1000 100 1299 O O O P2 6 27 28 SPC Kp FWP 0 1000 100 1298 O O O minimum P2 6 27 30 SPC torque 0 1000 100 1295 a minimum Kp P2 6 27 31_ SPC Kp TC torque 0 1000 ms 0 12997 P2 6 27 32 Flux reference 0 0 500 0 100 0 12500 O O O O P2 6 27 33 uo G 0 1000 ms 0 1311 Table 6 26 Closed Loop motor control parameters G2 6 4 88 209 P2 6 28 1 P2 6 28 2 P2 6 28 3 P2 6 28 4 P2 6 28 5 P2 6 28 6 P2 6 28 7 P2 6 28 8 Code Parameter Motor type Flux Current Kp Flux Current Ti PMSM ShaftPosi EnableRsldentifi Torque stabilator gain Torque stabilator damping Torque stabilator gain FWP Code Parameter P2 6 29 1 Flux 10 P2 6 29 2 Flux 20 P2 6 29 3 Flux 30 P2 6 29 4 Flux 40 P2 6 29 5 Flux 50 P2 6 29 6 Flux 60 P2 6 29 7 Flux 70 P2 6 29 8 Flux 80 P2 6 29 9 Flux 90 P2 6 29 10 Flux 100 P2 6 29 11 Flux 110 P
83. 00 This reference value is the active PID reference if parameter ID332 2 PID reference 2 57 3 5 The PID controller keypad reference 2 can be set between 0 and 100 This reference is active if the DIN5 function 13 and the DIN5 contact is closed Torque reference 6 3 5 Define here the torque reference within 0 0 100 0 206 209 Appendices Honeywell 9 APPENDICES In this chapter you will find additional information on special parameter groups Such groups are Parameters of External brake control with additional limits Chapter 9 1 Closed Loop parameters Chapter 9 2 Advanced Open Loop parameters Chapter 9 3 Parameters of Motor thermal protection Chapter 9 4 Parameters of Stall protection Chapter 9 5 Parameters of Underload protection Chapter 9 6 Fieldbus control parameters Chapter 9 7 9 1 External brake control with additional limits ID s 315 316 346 to 349 352 353 The external brake used for additional braking can be controlled through parameters ID315 ID316 ID346 to ID349 and ID352 ID353 Selecting On Off Control for the brake defining the frequency or torque limit s the brake should react to and defining the Brake On Off delays will allow an effective brake control See Figure 9 1 Note During Identification Run see par ID631 brake control is disabled Torque limit ID349 START STOP Brake off Brake on delay delay ID353 _ Brake off Brake on NX12k115 fh8 Fig
84. 1 See ID464 479 Analogue output 3 function 67 2 3 7 2 2 3 5 2 See ID307 480 Analogue output 3 filter time 67 2 3 7 3 2 3 5 3 See ID308 481 Analogue output 3 inversion 67 2 3 7 4 2 3 5 4 See ID309 163 209 I OFF delay NX12k102 Honeywell Description of parameters 482 Analogue output 3 minimum 67 2 3 7 5 2 3 5 5 See ID310 483 Analogue output 3 scaling 67 2 3 7 6 2 3 5 6 See ID311 484 Analogue output 3 offset 67 2 3 7 7 2 3 5 7 See ID375 485 Scaling of motoring torque limit 6 2 2 6 5 See par ID399 for the selections 486 Digital output 1 signal selection 6 2 3 1 1 Connect the delayed DO1 signal to the digital output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 Digital output function can be inverted by Control options par ID1084 487 Digital output 1 on delay 6 2 3 1 3 488 Digital output 1 off delay 6 2 3 1 4 With these parameters you can set on and off delays to digital outputs Signal programmed to pa digital output 1 DO1 or DO2 output ee ee ee a I i ON delay Figure 8 40 Digital outputs 1 and 2 on and off delays 489 Digital output 2 signal selection 6 2 3 2 1 See ID486 490 Digital output 2 function 6 2 3 2 2 See ID312 491 Digital output 2 on delay 6 2 3 2 3 See 1D487 492 Digital output 2 off delay 6 2 3 2 4 See ID488 164 209 493 494 495 496 498 Description of parameter
85. 100 to 0 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 4 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual1 Actual2 7 Saqrt Act1 Sart Act2 0 Not used 1 Al1 control board 2 Al2 control board 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 O Not used 1 Al1 control board 2 Al2 control board 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 0 No minimum scaling 100 No maximum scaling 0 No minimum scaling 108 209 P2 214 14 Actualvalue2 1600 0 maximum scale p2 2 4 15 Motor potentiometer 4 ramp time Motor potentiometer P2 2 1 16 frequency reference 0 memory reset Motor potentiometer PID reference 0 memory reset minimum P2 2 4 19 B reference scale 0 00 maximum P2 2 1 17 Table 7 4 Input signals Basic settings Code Parameter Min P2 2 2 1 Alt signal 0 selection P2 2 2 2 Alt filter time 0 00 P2 2 2 3 Al signal range 0 p2 2 24 _ Al custom 160 00 minimum settin Al1 custom P2225 maximum setting 160 00 P2 2 2 6 Al1 signal inversion 0 Code Parameter Min Max P2 2 3 1 Al2 signal selection 0 P2 2 3 2 Al2 filter time 0 00 10 00 P2 2 3 3 Al2 signal range EA 2 p2 2 3 4 l2 custom minimum 460 00 160 00 setting Al2 custom maximum P2 2 3 6 Al2 inversion ew 1 Table 7 6 Input signals Analogue input 2 Default 0 10 Pump and Fan Control Application
86. 13 2 2 1 13 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 143 209 339 340 341 342 343 144 209 Description of parameters Honeywell Actual value 2 maximum scale57 2 2 14 2 2 1 14 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 A Scaled input signal aled Sci input signal 100 1D336 30 i 76 5 4 earner 15 3 mA 1D338 30 1D339 140 i Analogue l raoga 1 100 input 7 i of ee es 140 inpr Fa 10 0 V 20 0 mA X 20 0 mA 4 i NX12k34 Figure 8 22 Examples of actual value signal scaling PID error value inversion 57 2 2 32 2 2 1 5 This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PID controller and thus the operation of the PID controller 0 No inversion 1 Inverted PID reference rise time 57 2 2 33 2 2 1 6 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference rises from 0 to 100 PID reference fall time 57 2 2 34 2 2 1 7 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference falls from 100 to 0 VO B reference selection 57 2 2 5 2 2 1 1 Defines the selected frequency reference place when the drive is controlled from the I O terminal and reference place B is active DIN6 closed All reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer Al2 reference terminals 5 and 6 e g transducer Al3 reference Al4 reference Keypad reference parameter R32 Reference from Fieldbus FB
87. 13 U f optimisation o 1 P2 14 I O reference po 3 Current reference P2 15 pee poo i Analogue output reas function p 8 P2 17 DIN3 function e 7 P2 18 Presetspeed1 0 00 Par 2 1 2 P2 19 Presetspeed2 0 00 Par 2 1 2 P2 20 Automatic restart Fo 1 Note NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system Check the rating plate of the motor Check the rating plate of the motor Check the rating plate of the motor The default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter Check the rating plate of the motor Check the rating plate of the motor 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 No offset O 20mA 1 Offset 4mA 20 mA 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference O fmax 3 Motor speed O Motor nominal speed 4 Output current 0 Inmotor 5 Motor torque O Tnmotor 6 Motor power O Prmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt O 1000V 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable cc 4 Run enable oc 5 Force cp to IO 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus Speeds preset by operator Speeds preset by operator 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 10 209 Basic Application Honeywell 1 4 3 Keypad control C
88. 14 Al2 V1 13 Analogue input 3 27 _ Als V1 14_ Analogue input 4 28 Al4 V1 15 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 16 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 17 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 18 Analogue lout mA 26 AOI V1 19 PID Reference 20 In ofthe max frequency V1 20 PID Actual value 21 In of the max actual value V1 21 PID Error value 22 In of the max error value V1 22 PID Output 23 In of the max output value V1 23 eee a tor 29 See parameters 2 2 46 to 2 2 49 v1 24 PT 100 ce 42 Hi i Temperat te ighest temperature of used inputs p G1 25 Monitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Table 5 2 Monitoring values 52 209 PID Control Application Honeywell 5 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed P2 1 2 Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 50 00 102 check suitability for motor and drive system NOTE If PlD controller is as a used Acceleration time 2 P2 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 103 par 2 4 3 is automati cally applied NOTE If PID controller is a used Deceleration time 2 P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 104 par 2 4 4 is automati cally applied P2 1 5 C
89. 2 P2 1 23 P2 1 24 P2 1 25 P2 1 26 P2 1 27 P2 1 28 P2 1 29 AG yyy y y POPP ine ine uola a A rN ENI io ua D Multi step Speed Control Application Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Parameter Min frequenc Max frequency Acceleration time 1 Deceleration time 1 Current limit Nominal voltage of the motor Nominal frequency of the motor Nominal speed of the motor Nominal current of the motor Motor coso I O reference Keypad control reference Fieldbus control reference Preset speed 1 Preset speed 2 Preset speed 3 Preset speed 4 Preset speed 5 Preset speed 6 Preset speed 7 Preset speed 8 Preset speed 9 Preset speed 10 Preset speed 11 Preset speed 12 Preset speed 13 Preset speed 14 Preset speed 15 Min Max 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Par 2 1 1 320 00 3000 0 3000 0 180 EIES Par 2 1 2 Ea i pe 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0 00 Par 2 1 2 F0 00__ Par 2 12 0 00 Par 2 1 2 000 Par 2 12 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0 00 Par 21 2 0 00 Par 21 2 0 00 Par 2 1 2 F0 00__ Par 2 12 0 00 Par 2 4 2 0 00 Par 24 2 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0o00 Par 2 1 2 Table 4 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Unit Hz Hz pjo jo V Hz rom A Default 0 00 50 00 3 0 3 0 IL NX2 230V NX5 400V NX6 690V 50 00 1440 ly 0 85 0 00 5 00 10 00 12 50
90. 2 2 1 16 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown 2 Memory reset in powerdown Motor potentiometer memory reset PID reference 57 2 2 29 2 2 1 17 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown 2 Memory reset in powerdown PID reference 2 Place A additional reference 7 2 2 1 4 If the PID reference 2 enable input function ID330 TRUE this parameter defines which reference place is selected as PID controller reference All reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer Al2 reference terminals 5 and 6 e g transducer Al3 reference Al4 reference PID reference 1 from keypad Reference from Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 Motor potentiometer PID reference 2 from keypad If value 6 is selected for this parameter the functions Motor potentiometer DOWN and Motor potentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs parameters ID417 and ID418 NOOB OD Supervised analogue input 7 2 3 2 13 0 Analogue reference from Al1 terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 1 Analogue reference from Al2 terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer Honeywell 373 374 375 376 Description of parameters 153 209 Analogue input limit supervision 7 2 3 2 14 If the value of the selected analogue input goes under over the set limit par 1D374 this function generates a warning message through the digital output or the relay outputs depending on to which output the supervision function
91. 2 3 4 2 3 5 4 2 3 3 4 Inverts the analogue output signal Analog A output Maximum output signal Minimum set value current Minimum output signal Maximum set value 20 MATRE See parameter ID311 below D311 s 100 iMax value of signal selected with ID307 gt 1 0 NX12K17 Figure 8 14 Analogue output invert Analogue output minimum 234567 2 3 5 2 3 5 5 2 3 3 5 Defines the signal minimum to either 0 mA or 4 mA living zero Note the difference in analogue output scaling in parameter ID311 Figure 8 15 0 Set minimum value to 0 mA 1 Set minimum value to 4 mA Honeywell 311 312 313 314 Description of parameters 137 209 Analogue output scale 234567 2 3 6 2 3 5 6 2 3 3 6 Scaling factor for analogue output Analogue Signal Max value of the signal opui Output frequency Max frequency par ID102 Freq Reference Max frequency par ID102 20 MAS Motor speed Motor nom speed 1XNmMotor Output current Motor nom current 1XInmotor Motor torque Motor nom torque Tema 1xXTnmotor 10 mA Motor power Motor nom power 1XPnmotor Jaf fl Motor voltage 100 x Unmotor PRE EAE DC link voltage 1000 V i l Pl ref value 100 x ref value max 1D310 0 Peera PI act value 1 100 x actual value max mA 10 g PI act value 2 100 x actual value max aruki PI error value 100 x error value max PI output 100 x output max Table 8 7 Analogue output
92. 2 6 29 12 Flux 120 P2 6 29 13 Flux 130 P2 6 29 14 Flux 140 P2 6 29 15 Flux 150 P2 6 29 16 Rs voltage drop Ir add generator P2 6 29 19 scale P2 6 29 20 Ir add motoring scale P2 6 29 21 lu Offset P2 6 29 22 lv Offset P2 6 29 23 Iw Offset P2 6 29 24 Speed step P2 6 29 25 Torque step Table 6 28 Identification parameters NXP drives 5 o ojojoj ojojojojojojojojojojojojo 0 32000 32000 32000 50 0 100 0 Multi purpose Control Application Max 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 30000 30000 30000 32000 32000 32000 50 0 100 0 Unit Unit 0 0 0 0 Default Varies Varies Varies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Honeywell Cust ID 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 662 665 667 668 669 670 1252 1253 Note 0 Induction Motor 1 PMS Motor 0 No 1 Yes Note NCDrive speed tuning NCDrive torque tuning Honeywell 6 6 10 Code P2 7 1 P2 7 2 P2 7 3 P2 7 4 P2 7 5 P2 7 6 P2 7 7 P2 7 8 P2 7 9 P2 7 10 P2 7 11 P2 7 12 P2 7 13 P2 7 14 P2 7 15 P2 7 16 P2 7 17 P2 7 18 P2 7 19 P2 7 20 P2 7 21 P2 7 22 P2 7 23 P2 7 24 P2 7 25 P2 7 26 P2 7 27 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 Parameter Min Response to 4mA reference fa
93. 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 NOTE If fmax gt than the Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 102 motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor a and drive system Acceleration time 1 s 1 0 103 Deceleration time 1 s 1 0 toa Current limit A I 1o7 Nominal voltage of NAE AOON the motor 180 V NX5 400V 110 NX6 690V Nominal frequency Check the rating plate of The default applies for a 4 Nominal speed of 24 20 000 rom 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal the motor size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of Check the rating plate of 0 Al1 2 3 1 Al2 4 5 2 Al3 PID controller 3 Al4 reference signal 4 332 4 PID ref from Keypad Place A control page par 3 4 5 PID ref from fieldbus FBProcessDatalN1 6 Motor potentiometer v v NINNIN N N SENSO M ua P2 1 12_ PID controller gain 0 0 1000 0 100 0 118 P2 1 13 PID controller l time 0 00 320 00 s 1 00 119 p2 1 14 P P controller D 0 00 10 00 s 0 00 132 time __ P2 1 15 Sleep frequency we ie Hz 10 00 1016 P2 1 16 Sleep dela o 3600 S 30 1017 P2 1 17 Wakeuplevel 0 00 100 00 A 25 00 1018 0 Wake up at fall below wake up level 2 1 17 1 Wake up at exceeded wake up level 2 1 17 P2 1 18 Wake up function 3 0 1019 2 Wake up at fall below wake up level
94. 41 442 443 444 445 446 Description of parameters Honeywell Run 67 2 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 The frequency converter operates the motor is running Fault 67 2 3 3 3 2 3 1 3 A fault trip has occurred Default programming A 1 Inverted fault 67 2 3 3 4 2 3 1 4 No fault trip has occurred Warning 67 2 3 3 5 2 3 1 5 General warning signal External fault or warning 67 2 3 3 6 2 3 1 6 Fault or warning depending on par ID701 Reference fault or warning 67 2 3 3 7 2 3 1 7 Fault or warning depending on parameter ID700 Overtemperature warning 67 2 3 3 8 2 3 1 8 The heatsink temperature exceeds 70 C Reverse 67 2 3 3 9 2 3 1 9 The Reverse command has been selected Unrequested direction 67 2 3 3 10 2 3 1 10 Motor rotation direction is different from the requested one At speed 67 2 3 3 11 2 3 1 11 The output frequency has reached the set reference Jogging speed 67 2 3 3 12 2 3 1 12 Jogging speed selected External control place 67 2 3 3 13 2 3 1 13 Control from I O terminal selected Menu M3 par ID125 External brake control 67 2 3 3 14 2 3 1 14 External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay Used in applications where the mechanical brake is released when the brake coil is not energized When using the Master Follower function the follower drive will open the brake at the same time as the Master does even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have not
95. 5 Parameter Default Prohibit frequency range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency range 1 high limit Prohibit frequency range 2 low limit Prohibit frequency range 2 high limit Prohibit frequency range 3 low limit Prohibit frequency range 3 high limit Prohibit acc dec ramp Table 6 21 Prohibit frequencies NXS drives G2 5 O Not used 0 Not used 0 Not used O Not used 0 Not used 0 Not used 84 209 6 6 8 Code U N O wo Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell NXS drives Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 Parameter Motor control mode U f optimisation U f ratio selection Field weakening point Voltage at field weakening point U f curve midpoint frequenc U f curve midpoint voltage Output voltage at zero frequency Switching frequency Overvoltage controller Undervoltage controller Motor control mode 2 Speed controller P gain open loop Speed controller gain open loop Load drooping Identification Min 8 00 10 00 0 00 0 00 2 2 e 0 0 0 0 00 0 Max 320 00 200 00 par P2 6 4 100 00 40 00 Varies 4 32767 32767 100 00 2 Unit Hz o O g N kHz Table 6 22 Motor control parameters NXS drives G2 6 Default 50 00 100 00 50 00 100 00 Varies Varies 2 3000 300 0 00 0 4 Q o 4 oO 602
96. 5 supervision limit Scaling of torque limit 0 5 Scaling of generator 0 5 torque limit Scaling of motoring 0 5 power limit Scaling of generator 0 5 power limit Multi purpose Control Application Cust Table 6 11 Free analogue input signal selection G2 2 6 155 156 162 Cust 399 400 401 402 485 1087 179 1088 Note 0 No filtering 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 FB limit scaling ID46 Scaling from 0 to ID507 Scaling from Ramp Time to 0 15 Scaling from 0 to ID348 Scaling from 0 to ID609 NXS or ID1287 NXP Scaling from 0 to ID1288 Scaling from 0 to ID1289 Scaling from 0 to ID1290 76 209 Multi purpose Control Application Code P2 2 7 4 P2 2 7 6 P2 2 7 8 P2 2 7 9 P2 2 7 11 P2 2 7 13 P2 2 7 16 P2 2 7 18 P2 2 7 19 P2 2 7 20 P2 2 7 21 P2 2 7 22 P2 2 7 24 P2 2 7 27 P2 2 7 28 P2 2 7 29 P2 2 7 32 Table 6 12 Digital input signals G2 2 4 R22 P2 2 7 2 P2 2 7 3 P2 2 7 5 P2 2 7 7 P2 2 7 10 P2 2 7 12 P2 2 7 14 P2 2 7 15 P2 2 7 17 NXP drives P2 2 7 23 P2 2 7 25 P2 2 7 26 P2 2 7 30 P2 2 7 31 Parameter Start signal 1 Start signal 2 Run enable Reverse Preset speed 2 Motor potentiometer reference DOWN Motor potentiometer reference UP Fault
97. 5 1 Prohibit frequency area 1 High limit 23457 2 5 2 Prohibit frequency area 2 Low limit 3457 2 5 3 Prohibit frequency area 2 High limit 3457 2 5 4 Prohibit frequency area 3 Low limit 3457 2 5 5 Prohibit frequency area 3 High limit 3457 2 5 6 In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonance problems With these parameters it is possible to set Output limits for the skip frequency region frequency Hz See Figure 8 45 Reference Hz gt NX12K33 Figure 8 45 Example of prohibit frequency area setting DC braking frequency at stop 234567 2 4 10 The output frequency at which the DC braking is applied See Figure 8 45 DC braking time at start 234567 2 4 11 DC brake is activated when the start command is given This parameter defines the time before the brake is released After the brake is released the output frequency increases according to the set start function by parameter ID505 Honeywell 518 519 520 521 Description of parameters 169 209 Acceleration deceleration ramp speed scaling ratio between prohibit frequency limits 23457 2 5 3 2 5 7 Defines the acceleration deceleration time when the output frequency is between the selected prohibit frequency range limits parameters ID509 and ID510 The ramping speed selected acceleration deceleration time 1 or 2 is multiplied with this factor E g value
98. 6 2 9 29 Actual value special display maximum 57 2 2 47 2 9 30 Actual value special display decimals 57 2 2 48 2 9 31 Actual value special display unit 57 2 2 49 2 9 32 The Actual value special display parameters are used to convert and display the actual value signal in a form more informative to the user The Actual value special display parameters are available in P D Control Application and Pump and Fan Control Application Example The actual value signal sent from a sensor in mA tells you the amount of waste water pumped from a tank per second The signal range is 0 4 20mA Instead of receiving the level of the actual value signal in mA on the display you wish to receive the amount of water pumped in m s You then set a value for par ID1033 to correspond to the mini mum signal level 0 4 mA and another value for par ID1034 to correspond to the maxi mum signal level 20 mA The number of decimals needed can be set with par ID1035 and the unit m s with par D1036 The level of the actual value signal is then scaled between the set min and max values and displayed in the selected unit Honeywell 1080 1081 1082 Description of parameters 197 209 The following units can be selected par ID1036 Vale Unit On keypad Value Unit On keypad 0 NotUsed 15 m3 h m3 h es gt 16 F F 17 ft ft 18 gal s GPS 19 gal min GPM 20 gal h GPH 21 ft38 s CFS 22 ft3 min CF
99. 7 6 6 Multi purpose Control Application Parameter liSts sssssssssssesssssssssssssssssssseaaeeeee 69 Ts Pump and Fan Control Application sssseeeeneeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneees 95 Fed 1011010010 110 p EERE E TEE E E tated abt ade hath alt uate hc ali cebe Sth ua A EET 95 72 CODWO WO merra Becta e tee Sh aed E byl eld ha loeb Ne A ei ne loth 96 7 3 Control signal logic in Pump and Fan Control AppliCation 22 cccsecccceeeeeeeeeneeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 98 7 44 Short description of function and essential DArAMELESS cccccceeteeeeeeeeeeeeeetnnteeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 99 7 5 Pump and Fan Control Application Parameter liStsS ccccccccccccccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 105 8 Description of parameters iiss qcscece Sei otideie ects vag eee cen caste vat eee ened ce 121 8 1 Speed control parameters application 6 ONIY cccccsseceeeeeeeeeeceeeneeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 203 8 2 Keypad control ParammerelS sities ce csosttac ack Acdetesteted cdcct wane Aceev das tt cd succes nde tlcsautenccses cetudhs 205 9 Appendices eee ee eee eee eee EEEn 206 9 1 External brake control with additional limits ID s 315 316 346 to 349 352 353 206 9 2 Closed loop parameters ID S 612 to 621 cccesssssscecceeeeeeeennceeeeeeeessseensaaaeeeeeeeeeteesnaaaeaee 208 9 3 Advanced Open Loop parameters ID s 622 to 625 632 635 ssssssssssssssssssesssssssss
100. 7 12 Motor duty cyce 0 100 P2 7 13 Stall protection pel a P2 7 14 Stallcurrent 0 00 2x P2 7 15 Stall time limit 120 00 P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 a P2 7 17 muceroad 3 protection area load P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 P2 7 20 zhoenoad 2 protection time limit Response to meee thermistor fault pe fe Response to pe 7 22 _ fieldbus fault seo il P2 7 23 Response to slot 3 fault Table 4 9 Protections G2 7 Unit Hz Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 Default 0 00 2 0 0 40 0 Varies 100 lH 15 00 25 0 50 10 0 20 Multi step Speed Control Application Cust 700 728 701 730 727 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 732 733 734 Honeywell Note 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 Fault stored in history 1 Fault not stored 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting O No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting See P2 7 21 See P2 7 21
101. 8 Preset speed 5 46 2 1 19 Preset speed 6 46 2 1 20 Preset speed 7 46 2 1 21 Parameter values define the Multi step speeds selected with the DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 digital inputs See also parameter ID s 105 and 106 Parameter value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency ID s 101 and 102 126 209 131 132 Description of parameters Honeywell Speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step soeed Multi step speed sel 1 DIN4 sel 2 DIN5 sel 3 DIN6 sel 4 DIN3 Basic speed 0 0 0 0 P2 1 17 3 1 1 0 0 P2 1 18 4 0 0 1 0 P2 1 19 5 1 0 1 0 P2 1 20 6 0 1 1 0 P2 1 21 7 1 1 1 0 Table 8 4 Preset speeds 3 to 7 I O frequency reference selection place B 3 2 1 12 See the values of the parameter ID117 above PID controller D time 57 2 1 14 The parameter ID132 defines the derivation time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 10 in the error value during 1 00 s causes the controller output to change by 10 00 If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PI controller See examples below Example 1 In order to reduce the error value to zero with the given values the frequency converter output behaves as follows Given values Par 2 1 12 P 0 Par 2 1 13 l time 1 00 s Par 2 1 14 D time 0 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process
102. 8 V1 21 16 Analogue input 1 59 Ali Analogue input 2 Reference Closed Loop V1 21 20 Analogue output 2 AO2 V1 21 21 Analogue output 3 51 AO3 V1 21 22 Final Frequency Hz 1131 Used for Closed Loop speed tuning V1 21 23 Step Response 1132 V1 22 5 Last Active Fault 37 V1 22 6 Motor Current to FB A 45 Motor current drive independent given with one decimal point V1 24 7 DIN StatusWord 1 56 V1 24 8 DIN StatusWord 2 57 Table 6 3 Monitoring values NXP drives Honeywell Honeywell 6 6 2 Application Status Word Multi purpose Control Application Application Status Word Multi Application Standard Loc Rem PID MP PFC Status Word Step bO b1 Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready b2 Run Run Run Run Run Run b3 Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault b4 No b5 EMStop NXP b6 Run Run Run Run Enable Run Run Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable b7 Warning Warning Warning Warning Warning Warning b8 b9 b10 b11 DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake b12 Run Run Run Run request Run Run request request request request request b13 Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit control control control control control control Brake b14 Gantt Aux 1 b15 PID active Aux 2 Table 6 4 Application Status Word content 72
103. Autorestart parameters G2 8 2 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual 1 1 0 terminal 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Forward 1 Reverse Parameter i i Default Cust Keypad reference T a Direction on keypad o 1 0 Table 2 11 Keypad control parameters M3 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled 2 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s User s Manual 2 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s User s Manual 22 209 Local Remote Control Application Honeywell yW 3 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 1 Introduction Select the Local Remote Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 Utilising the Local Remote Control Application it is possible to have two different control places For each control place the frequency reference can be selected from either the control keypad I O terminal or fieldbus The active control place is selected with the digital
104. CONTENTS NX All in One APPLICATION MANUAL INDEX 1 Basic Application 2 Standard Application 3 Local Remote Control Application 4 Multi step Speed Control Application 5 PID Control Application 6 Multi purpose Control Application 7 Pump and Fan Control Application 8 Description of parameters 9 Appendices ABOUT THE All in One APPLICATION MANUAL In the All in One Application Manual you will find information about the different applications included in the All in One Application Package Should these applications not meet the requirements of your process please contact the manufacturer for information on special applications This manual is available in both paper and electronic editions We recommend you to use the electronic version if possible If you have the electronic version at your disposal you will be able to benefit from the following features The manual contains several links and cross references to other locations in the manual which makes it easier for the reader to move around in the manual to check and find things faster The manual also contains hyperlinks to web pages To visit these web pages through the links you must have an internet browser installed on your computer Honeywell 3 209 Application manual INDEX 1 Basic Application iac cc tient acti ee hee eee heeded 5 Tl TANOQUICHONN 22320 cas 20 ot td ales aoa Sasa a bask waded tobias Moet bad eI a ea ea 5 Oitmaa oF 0 19 3 pt entry santo es
105. E keaton ta Moateteae als cand shecs de E E 36 4 3 Control signal logic in Multi Step Speed Control AppliCAatiOn cccccccectceeesstteeeeeeeteeeeees 37 4 4 Multi step speed control application Parameter liStS 0 ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 38 5 PID Control Application ssssannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nanna 48 BT dJntrod ction seene e e e e E occas e e E aces Nise cee E a Nene a Eaa Ee aa E ae 48 5 2 Control O rasiri etp n aa eRe re Aea R e is RE aa A eha area a E a aea aa k SREE 49 5 3 Control signal logic in PID Control Application 2 2 ccccseeccceeeeeeeeennnneeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 50 5 4 PID Application Parameter lists oa cca oie ces cts cect kta ae een ed ty nda ot ete Saeco cides ne eee 51 6 Multi purpose Control Application sseeeeecceeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeneeneeeeeneeeeeees 62 Gol Introduction iia acissccte cata ties e cea E nate e e a aE E aeea e e E EOE e EE TEE 62 6 2 COntrol lO rsr erimek aeoea ae iaaa tbe duet Eeh aR rae Aaaa a ki eaa 63 6 3 Control signal logic in Multi Purpose Control Application ccccccccceessttteeeeeeeeeeeennnteeees 64 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming PVinCiple 2 cccceeecceeeeeeeeeeesnteeeeeeeeeeeeeennnenees 65 6 5 Master Follower function NXP OMMY ccccccccccseesscceeeeeeeeseeennaaaeeeseeeeeeesesseesaaaaeseseeeeeeeeeeaas 6
106. I M1 17 Multimonitoring items Sie Table 3 2 Monitoring values 26 209 Local Remote Control Application Honeywell 3 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit ID Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous 102 speed check suitability for motor and drive Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 Hz system Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 103 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 104 Current limit 0 1 x lH 2xlH A 107 NX2 230V Nomina v itage of 690 v NX5 400V 110 the motor NX6 690V Check the rating plate of 320 00 Hz 50 00 111 th motor The default applies for a 20000 rom 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter Nominal frequency of the motor 0 oO Nominal speed of nm 2 D T o P2 1 2 P213 _ P214 P215 P2 1 6 Paz P2 18 the motor Nominal current of Check the rating plate of P2 1 9 the motor 0 1xlu 2x A 113 the motor Check the rating plate of P2 1 10 Motor cos 0 30 1 00 120 fe motor 0 Al1 1 Al2 Pea i 1 0 A reference 4 1 117 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer 0 Al1 1 Al2 P2 1 12 I O B reference 4 131 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer 0 Al1 Keypad control 1 Al2 P2 1 13 reference 3 a 121 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 Fieldbus control 1 Al2 P2 1 14 referenc
107. Lele 21 RO1 21 Roly 22 RO1 22 iC ae 22 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1 NX12K19 Figure 8 16 Output frequency supervision DIN2 function 5 2 2 1 This parameter has 14 selections If digital inout DIN2 need not be used set the parameter value to 0 1 2 NOOA 10 11 External fault Contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is active External fault Contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is not active Run enable Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Closing contact Force control place to I O terminal Closing contact Force control place to keypad Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID343 1ID121 and ID122 Note The value of ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DIN2 opens the control place is selected according to keypad control place selection Reverse If several inputs are programmed to reverse one Contact open Forward active contact is enough to set the direction to Contact closed Reverse reverse Jo
108. M 23 ft8 h CFH 24 A A 25 V V 26 W W 27 kW kW 28 Hp Hp Table 8 14 Selectable values for Actual Value Special Display NOTE The maximum number of characters that can be shown on keypad is 4 This means that in some cases the display of the unit on the keypad does not comply with the standards Actual value min max Number of decimals DC Brake Current at stop 6 2 4 15 Defines the current injected to the motor in stop state when parameter ID416 is active The parameter is available for NXP drives only Follower reference selection 6 2 11 3 Select the speed reference for the follower drive SystemBus communication fault response 6 2 7 30 Defines the action when SystemBus heartbeat is missing 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting 198 209 1083 1084 1085 1087 1088 1089 1090 Description of parameters Honeywell Follower torque reference selection 6 2 11 4 Select the torque reference for the follower drive Control options 6 2 4 22 These parameter functions depend on the Advance application version The parameter is available for NXP drives only b0 Disables encoder fault b1 Update Ramp Generator when MotorControlMode changes from TC 4 to SC 3 b2 RampUp use acceleration ramp b3 RampDown use deceleration ramp b4 FollowActual follow actual speed value within WindowPos N
109. Open cont Mode 1 is used See par 2 6 1 2 6 12 cc closing contact oc opening contact Used with liquid cooled unit Monitoring signal from mechanical brake Safety switch input Enables Inching function Inching reference 1 This will start the drive Inching reference 2 This will start the drive Reset monitoring signals shaft rounds and angle Honeywell Multi purpose Control Application 6 6 5 Output signals 6 6 5 1 Delayed digital output 1 Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Digital output 1 Possible to invert with Bese signal selection O 88 1ID1084 NXP onl 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reverse 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active Digital output 1 13 Freq limit 1 superv Pee function Ze i ale 14 Freq limit 2 superv 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 1 0 control place act 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Reference inverted 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Therm fault or warn 23 Al supervision 24 Fieldbus input data 1 25 Fieldbus input data 2 26 Fieldbus input data 3 P2 3 1 3 ue eh es on 320 00 s 0 00 487 0 00 delay not in use P2 3 1 4 SAR Toi 320 00 s 0 00 488 0 00 delay not in use Table 6 13 Delayed digital output 1 parameters G2 3 1
110. P2 7 26 Pump and Fan Control Application Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 Parameter Min Response to 4mA 0 reference fault 4mA reference fault 0 00 frequenc Response to 0 external fault Input phase 0 supervision Response to 0 undervoltage fault Output phase 0 supervision Earth fault protection 0 Thermal protection of the motor 0 Motor ambient 100 0 temperature factor Motor cooling factor 0 0 at zero speed Motor thermal time 1 constant Motor duty cycle 0 Stall protection 0 Stall current 0 00 Stall time limit 1 00 Stall frequency limit 1 0 P2 7 27 Underload 0 protection Field weakening 10 area load Zero frequency load 5 0 Underload 2 protection time limit Response to 0 thermistor fault Response to 0 fieldbus fault Response to slot 0 fault No of PT100 0 inputs Response to 0 PT100 fault PT100 warning 30 0 limit PT100 fault limit 30 0 Table 7 18 Protections G2 7 Max Par 2 1 2 100 0 150 0 200 100 2x ly 120 00 Par 2 1 2 150 150 0 600 200 0 200 0 Unit Hz min Default 0 00 2 0 0 40 0 Varies 100 lH 15 00 25 0 50 10 0 20 120 0 130 0 Cust ID 700 728 701 730 727 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 732 733 734 739 740 741 742 117 209 Note 0 No
111. PID ref 3 Wake up at exceeded p2 1 19 Jogging speed 000 Par 2 1 2 Hz 10 00 124 reference Table 7 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Honeywell 7 5 3 7 5 3 1 Code P2 2 1 5 P2 2 1 6 P2 2 1 7 P2 2 1 11 P2 2 1 12 P2 2 1 13 Input signals Parameter Min Max I O B reference 7 selection Keypad control o 7 reference selection Fieldbus control 7 reference selection PID Reference 2 e 7 PID error value 1 inversion PID reference oo 100 0 rising time PID reference 100 0 falling time PID actual value 7 selection Actual value 1 5 selection Actual value 2 input a 5 Actual value 1 minimum scale 1690 0 1600 0 Actual value 1 4600 0 1600 0 maximum scale Actual value 2 minimum scale 1600 0 1600 0 Unit Default 0 0 100 0 0 0 Pump and Fan Control Application 343 121 122 371 340 341 342 333 334 335 336 337 338 107 209 Note 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference FB SpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller As in par 2 2 1 1 As in par 2 2 1 1 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 PID reference 1 from keypad 5 Fieldbus reference FBProcessDatalN3 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID reference 2 from keypad O0 No inversion 1 Inversion Time for reference value to change from 0 to 100 Time for reference value to change from
112. Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 5 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command Application 3 and 6 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if par ID117 is set to 3 or 4 5 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start Honeywell 301 6 DINI open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward Description of parameters 133 209 closed contact start Rising edge required to start closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running 7 DIN1 open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled Application 3 8 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if par ID117 is set to 3 or 4 DIN3
113. SpeedReference Motor potentiometer reference PID controller reference select actual value par ID333 to ID339 and the PID control reference par ID332 If value 6 is selected for this parameter in Application 5 the values of parameters ID319 and ID301 are automatically set to 13 In Application 7 the functions Motorpotentiometer DOWN and Motorpotentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs parameters ID417 and 1D418 if value 6 is selected for this parameter NOoh OD Oo Description of parameters 145 209 Honeywell 344 Reference scaling minimum value place B 57 2 2 35 2 2 1 18 345 Reference scaling maximum value place B 57 2 2 36 2 2 1 19 You can choose a scaling range for the frequency reference from control place B between the Minimum and Maximum frequency If no scaling is desired set the parameter value to 0 In the figures below input Al1 with signal range 0 100 is selected for Place B reference A Output A Output frequency frequency Max freq ID102 Analogue Analogue input V M Min freq ID101 1 input V gt gt 10 0 10 NX12K35 Min freq 1ID101 Figure 8 23 Left Par ID344 0 No reference scaling Right Reference scaling 346 Output freq limit 2 supervision function 34567 2 3 12 2 3 4 3 2 3 2 3 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 206 4 Brake on off con
114. act PID Control Application Honeywell 0 Not used 1 Al1 signal c board 2 Al2 signal c board 3 Al3 4 Al4 Actual value 2 input 9 eae 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN3 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power P2 2 11 Actual value 1600 0 0 0 336 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale 1600 0 Actual value 1 7 E i P2 2 12 1600 0 1600 0 o 100 0 337 100 No maximum scaling Actual value 2 E me l P2 2 13 1600 0 1600 0 o 0 0 338 0 No minimum scaling p2 2 14 Actual value 2 1600 0 100 0 339 100 No maximum scaling maximum scale 1600 0 3 TTF programming method P2 2 15 Al1 signal selection a A 1 377 used See page 65 0 Signal range 0 100 P2 2 16 Al1 signal range 2 0 320 1 Signal range 20 100 2 Custom range p2 2 17 Plt custom minimum 460 00 160 00 0 00 321 i setting P2 2 18 _ Al custom 160 00 160 00 100 00 322 led maximum setting O Not inverted P2 2 19 Alj inversion Ze 1 0 323 inverted P2 2 20 Alt filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 0 No filtering TTF programming method P2 2 21 Al2 signal selection oe A 2 388 ised sce nada 65 0 0 20 mA P2 2 22 Al2 signal range 2 1 325 1 4 20 mA 2 Customised p2 2 03 Ale custom minimum 1699 160 00 0 00 326 a setting P2 2 24 _Al2 custom 160 00 160 00 100 00 327 Po maximum setting O Not inverted P2 2 25 Al2 inversion bo ae 0 328 qelrivertad P2 2 26 Al2 filter time 0 00 10
115. ake on dela p23 211 FC temperature supervision p2 3 2 12 FC temperature supervised value Supervised p2 3 2 14 Analogue input limit supervision p2 3 2 15 Analogue input supervised value a 300 0 L a O ine Max Cust 300 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 ee 3 gt v o O Honeywell Pump and Fan Control Application O No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision O No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 0 Not used 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit 1 Al2 O No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Honeywell 7 5 4 3 Code P2 3 3 1 P2 3 3 2 P2 3 3 3 P2 3 3 4 P2 3 3 5 P2 3 3 6 P2 3 3 7 Parameter Analogue output signal selection Analogue output function Analogue output filter time Analogue output inversion Analogue output minimum Analogue output scale Analogue output offset 7 5 4 4 Analogue output _ Code _ _ Parameter p23 4 1_ Analogue output 2 signal selection p23 4 2 Analogue output 2 function Analogue output 2 P2 3 4 3 eae a p2 3 4 4 Analogue output 2 Inversion Analogue output 2 P2 3 4 5 ogn ou p234 Analogue output 2 scale p2 3 47 Analogue output 2 offset Min 10 100 00 Pump and Fan Control Application Max
116. al 4 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s user s manual 48 209 PID Control Application Honeywell 5 PID CONTROL APPLICATION Software ASFIFFO5 5 1 Introduction Select the PID Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 In the PID Control Application there are two I O terminal control places place A is the PID controller and source B is the direct frequency reference The control place A or B is selected with digital input DIN6 The PID controller reference can be selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus motorised potentiometer enabling the PID Reference 2 or applying the control keypad reference The PID controller actual value can be selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus the actual values of the motor or through the mathematical functions of these The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PID controller and selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The PID Application is typically used to control level measuring or pumps and fans In these applications the PID Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measuring and controlling package where no additional components are needed e Digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN5 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additional functions
117. ameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 4 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rom 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 _ Motor power 5__ Motor shaft power V1 7 _ Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses v1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 AO1 M1 17 Multimonitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Table 4 2 Monitoring values Honeywell 4 4 2 Code 1 Jogging speed pref Ul v v Uj U 0 0 CO O ODINIOI O P2 1 2
118. an be stopped any time with normal stop command and the para meter is reset to its default setting In case identification run detects fault or other prob lems the identification run is completed if possible After the identification is finished the application checks the status of the identification and generates fault warning if any During Identification Run the brake control is disabled see chapter 9 1 CL Start up torque forward 23456 2 6 4 12 2 6 27 12 Sets the start up torque for forward direction if selected with par ID621 CL Start up torque reverse 23456 2 6 4 13 2 6 27 13 Sets the start up torque for reverse direction if selected with par ID621 Minimum frequency for Open Loop torque control 6 2 10 7 Defines the frequency limit below which the frequency converter operates in frequency control mode Because of the nominal slip of the motor the internal torque calculation is inaccurate at low speeds where is it recommended to use the frequency control mode Speed controller P gain Open Loop 6 2 6 13 Defines the P gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode Speed controller gain Open Loop 6 2 6 14 Defines the gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode Torque controller P gain 6 2 10 8 Defines the P gain of the torque controller Torque controller I gain 6 2 10 9 Defines the gain of the torque controller Torque reference selection 6 2 10 3 Defines the sourc
119. between the minimum and maximum frequencies parameters ID101 and ID102 Al1 Al2 selection 6 2 2 7 17 With this parameter you can select either Al1 or Al2 signal for frequency reference Start A signal 7 2 2 6 1 Start command from control place A Default programming A 1 Start B signal 7 2 2 6 2 Start command from control place B Default programming A 4 Control place A B selection 7 2 2 6 3 Contact open Control place A Contact closed Control place B Default programming A 6 Autochange 1 interlock 7 2 2 6 18 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 1 or auxiliary drive 1 activated Default programming A 2 Autochange 2 interlock 7 2 2 6 19 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 2 or auxiliary drive 2 activated Default programming A 3 Autochange 3 interlock 7 2 2 6 20 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 3 or auxiliary drive 3 activated Autochange 4 interlock 7 2 2 6 21 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 4 or auxiliary drive 4 activated Autochange 5 interlock 7 2 2 6 22 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 5 activated PID reference 2 7 2 2 6 23 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with par ID371 Ready 67 2 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 The frequency converter is ready to operate 159 209 160 209 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 4
120. ctory default Standard Application Honeywell 2 3 Control signal logic in Standard Application R3 2 Keypad reference joeesedceces VO Reference pocis Keypad Ctrl Reference Fieldbus Ctrl Reference Preset eed 2 eas ne See pacilalie ta oh ID125 Control place it i I i l Pi i ES tt E Li fi pasad Internal frequency I I E i I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 reference I I I I I I I I I I I Reset button Reference from fieldbus Start Stop buttons Start Stop from fieldous Direction from fieldbus Start forward Progra aS Start Stop programmable art Stop and reverse logic Start reverse programmable ID123 Keypad direction Fault reset input Internal fault reset External fault input programmable NX1201 Internal Start Stap Reverse Internal reverse Figure 2 1 Control signal logic of the Standard Application 14 209 Standard Application Honeywell 2 4 Standard Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205 The descriptions are arranged according to the ID number of the parameter Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID 2 4 1 Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parame
121. dent given with one decimal point Table 8 13 Fieldbus data IN selections 1 to 8 Using these parameters you can control any monitoring or parameter value from the fieldbus Enter the ID number of the item you wish to control for the value of these parameters Honeywell 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 Description of parameters 187 209 Number of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 1 With this parameter the number of auxiliary drives in use will be defined The functions controlling the auxiliary drives parameters ID458 to ID462 can be programmed to relay outputs or digital output By default one auxiliary drive is in use and it is programmed to relay output RO1 at B 1 Start frequency auxiliary drive 1 7 2 9 2 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must exceed the limit defined with these parameters with 1 Hz before the auxiliary drive is started The 1 Hz overdraft makes a hysteresis to avoid unnecessary starts and stops See Figure 8 54 See also parameters ID101 and ID102 page 121 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 1 7 2 9 3 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must fall with 1Hz below the limit defined with these parameters before the auxiliary drive is stopped The stop frequency limit also defines the frequency to which the frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter is dropped after starting the auxil
122. e 3 3 ue 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus p2 1 15 Jogging speed 0 00 Par 21 2 Hz ooo 124 reference Table 3 3 Basic parameters G2 1 3 4 3 P2 2 3 P2 2 4 P2 2 5 P2 2 6 P2 2 7 P2 2 8 P2 2 9 P2 2 10 P2 2 11 P2 2 13 P2 2 14 Honeywell Code P2 2 12 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 Parameter Min Max Place A Start Stop logic selection DINS function 13 All custom setting _ 60 00 160 00 minimum Al1 custom setting maximum 160 00 160 00 Al1 signal inversion ofa Alt signal filter time oe 10 00 Al2 custom setting minimu 160 00 160 00 Al2 custom setting _ 60 00 160 00 maximum i Al2 signal inversion Foo fot Al2 signal filter time 200 10 00 Unit N n Default A 1 0 00 100 0 0 10 A 2 0 00 100 00 0 10 Local Remote Control Application Cust ID Note DIN DIN2 0 Start fwd Start rvs 1 Start Stop Reverse 2 Start Stop Run enable 300 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Start fwd Mot pot UP 5 Fwd Rvs 6 Start Stop Rvs Fwd 7 Start Stop Run enable 8 Start fwd Mot pot UP 301 377 320 321 322 323 324 388 325 326 327 328 329 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to lO 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus 8 Reverse 9 Jogging sp
123. e for torque reference Not used Analogue input 1 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 3 Analogue input 4 Analogue input 1 joystick Analogue input 2 joystick From keypad parameter R3 5 Fieldbus torque reference ONOoaBRWDN OO Torque reference scaling maximum value 6 2 10 4 Torque reference scaling minimum value 6 2 10 5 Scale the custom minimum and maximum levels for analogue inputs within 300 0 300 0 176 209 644 645 646 649 650 654 655 656 662 665 667 668 669 670 Description of parameters Honeywell Torque speed limit NXS 6 2 10 6 With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be selected Q Maximum frequency 1 Selected frequency reference 2 Preset speed 7 NXP drives have more selections for this parameter See page 200 Negative torque limit 6 2 6 27 21 Positive torque limit 6 2 6 27 22 Defines the torque limit for positive and negative directions PMS motor shaft position 6 2 6 28 4 Identified zero shaft position when using absolute encoder for PMS motor Motor type 6 2 6 28 1 Select used motor type with this parameter 0 Induction motor 1 Permanent magnet synchronous motor Enable Rs identification 6 2 6 28 5 Stator resistance identification at start 0 No 1 Yes Modulator index limit This parameter can be used to increase motor voltage in field weakening area Load drooping time This function is used in orde
124. e freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Standard Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 12 209 2 2 Control I O Standard Application Honeywell Reference potentiometer OPT A1 1 10 kQ Terminal Signal Description pas 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc ee al 2 Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC eerste ey 3 Ali 1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA ee 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A y a 7 GND 1 O ground Ground for reference and controls Rom 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward l programmable pea ee EREE 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse programmable p 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact op
125. ected with par ID356 In this example the programming of par ID463 B 1 NX12k116 Figure 8 25 An example of On Off contro PID controller minimum limit PID controller maximum limit Free analogue input signal selection 0 Not in use 1 Voltage signal Uin 2 Current signal lin Free analogue input function This parameter is used for selecting a function for a free analogue input signal 0 Function is not in use 1 Reduces motor current limit ID107 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and max limit set with ID107 See Figure 8 26 2 Reduces DC braking current DC braking current can be reduced with the free analogue input signal between zero current and the current set with the parameter ID507 See Figure 8 27 Description of parameters 2 2 30 2 2 31 With these parameters you can set the minimum and maximum limits for the PID controller output Limit setting 1600 0 of fmax lt par ID359 lt par ID360 lt 1600 0 of fmax These limits are of importance for example when you define the gain I time and D time for the PID controller 34 2 2 21 2 2 18 100 S Par ID107 2 2 20 2 2 17 Selection of input signal of a free analogue input an input not used for reference signal Torque limit Analogue input Custom Figure 8 26 Scaling of max motor current 100 gt Par ID507 Custom Free analogue input
126. ection Analogue output 2 p2 3 14 Analogue output2 9 gg filter time Analogue output 2 P2316 Analogue output 2 0 minimum P2317 Analogue output 2 10 scaling Table 2 5 Output signals G2 3 Max 10 00 1000 16 16 16 320 00 10 00 1000 Unit Hz Standard Application Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 Default A 1 Cust 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 471 472 473 474 475 476 Note TTF programming method used See page 65 0 Not used 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference O fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque 0O Tnmotor 6 Motor power O Prmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt O 1000V O No filtering 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 1 4 mA 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit 1 superv 14 Control place IO 15 Thermistor fault warng 16 Fieldbus input data As parameter 2 3 7 As parameter 2 3 7 O No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision TTF programming method used See page 65 As parameter 2 3 2 O No filtering 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 1 4 mA Standard Application Honey
127. ects the frequency that 303 corresponds to the min reference signal Selects the frequency that corresponds to the max 304 reference signal 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value Selects the frequency that 364 corresponds to the min reference signal Selects the frequency that corresponds to the max 365 reference signal 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value 0 Not used 361 1 Uin analogue volt input 2 lin analogue curr input 0 No function 1 Reduces current limit par 2 1 5 2 Reduces DC braking 362 current 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit Start rvs Rvs Fwd 363 AARON O 331 O No reset 1 Reset if stopped or powered down 2 Reset if powered down 367 498 0 Run state not copied 1 Run state copied Rising edge required to start Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual Honeywell 3 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default P2 31 AO1 signal y A selection Analogue output i eF Analogue output P2 3 3 filter time 000 10 00 s 1 00 inversion Analogue output p2 3 6 Analogue output 1000 100 scale Digital output 1 l l i Relay output 1 Relay output 2 p2 3 10 Output frequency 2 0 limit 1 supervision Output frequency P2 3 11 limit 1 320 00 Hz 0 00 Supervision value p2 3 12 Output frequency 2 0 l
128. ed together isolated from GND CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND els Factory default 50 209 PID Control Application Honeywell 5 3 Control signal logic in PID Control Application External fault programmable Jogging speed programmable 2 5 VO B Reference 2224 PID main referencd _ Motor 4potentiomete PIT PID reference di I if I l I l I I I I l l I l i i 0 i I R3 4 PID keypad refer 2 a 3 E 4 T 0 ea 1 i 2 a 3 1 rd 4 14 5 i 1 gt T 1 0 a tae H a K 2 1 19 Jogging speed rei Pieces ee HHH 5 i O o acg i ol en Internal Leg 1 1 Internal fr 2 Keypad equency ref a Fieldous 4 5 1 1 l i l f i Reference from fieldbus Peset button Start Stop from fieldbus aB iN ae ENPRE EEEE TOE 4 vee owe anaes Start Place A i A Start Stop N _Internal Start Stop DIMO oat Pace B B i a O ___ Internal reverse 3 3 Keypad direction Fault reset input programmable ire eis NX12k04 fh8 Figure 5 1 Control signal logic of the PID Control Application Honeywell PID Control Application 5 4 PID Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205 Column exp
129. ee below The parameter numbers under which the parameter appears in different applications are also given 1 Basic Application 5 PID Control Application 2 Standard Application 6 Multi Purpose Control Application 3 Local Remote Control Application 7 Pump and Fan Control Application 4 Multi Step Speed Control Application 101 Minimum frequency 2 1 2 1 1 102 Maximum frequency 2 2 2 1 2 Defines the frequency limits of the frequency converter The maximum value for these parameters is 320 Hz The software will automatically check the values of parameters ID105 ID106 and ID728 103 Acceleration time 1 2 3 2 1 3 104 Deceleration time 1 2 4 2 1 4 These limits correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency par D102 105 Preset speed 1 1246 2 18 2 1 14 2 1 15 106 Preset speed 2 1246 2 19 2 1 15 2 1 16 Parameter values are automatically limited between the minimum and maximum frequencies par ID101 ID102 Note the use of TTF programming method in the Multi purpose Control Application See parameters ID419 ID420 and ID421 Multi step speed Multi step speed Ten sel 1 DIN4 sel 2 DIN5 Basic speed 0 0 ID105 1 0 ID106 0 1 Table 8 1 Preset speed 107 Current limit 2 5 2 1 5 This parameter determines the maximum motor current from the frequency converter The parameter value range differs from size to size When this parame
130. eed 10 Fault reset 11 Acc Dec operation prohibit 12 DC Braking command 13 Motor potentiometer DOWN TTF programming method used See page 65 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 Custom setting range Analogue input 1 scale minimum Analogue input 1 scale maximum Analogue input 1 reference inversion yes no Analogue input 1 reference filter time constant TTF programming method used See page 65 0 0 20 mA 1 4 20 mA 2 custom setting range Analogue input 2 scale minimum Analogue input 2 scale maximum Analogue input 2 reference inversion yes no Analogue input 2 reference filter time constant P2 2 16 Place A Reference scaling minimum Hz value P2 2 17 P2 2 18 P2 2 19 P2 2 20 P2 2 21 P2 2 23 P2 2 24 Table 3 4 P2 2 22 Local Remote Control Application Place B Start Stop logic selection Place A Reference scaling maximum value Hz Place B Reference scaling minimum Hz value Place B Reference scaling maximum value 320 00 Hz Free analogue input signal selection Free analogue input function Motor potentiometer ramp time Hz s Motor potentiometer frequency reference memory reset Start pulse memory Input signals G2 2 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 10 0 Honeywell Start fwd Start Stop Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Fwd Rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run enable Sel
131. eference I O B reference selection Keypad control 7 reference selection 7 reference selection Fieldbus control Actual value 7 selection Actual value 1 10 selection PID Control Application Unit Default 10 Cust 319 301 330 376 343 121 122 333 334 0 Not used 1 External fault cc 2 External fault oc 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time selection 5 CP I O terminal 6 CP Keypad 7 CP Fieldbus 8 Forward Reverse 9 Jogging frequency cc 10 Fault reset cc 11 Acc Dec prohibit cc 12 DC braking command 13 Motor pot UP cc See above except 13 Motor pot DOWN cc See above except 0 Direct PID output value 1 Al1 PID output 2 Al2 PID output 3 Al3 PID output 4 Al4 PID output 5 PID keypad PID output 6 Fieldbus PID output ProcessDatalN3 7 Mot pot PID output 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller As in par 2 2 5 As in par 2 2 5 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 4 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual1 Actual2 7 Saqrt Act1 Sqrt Act2 0 Not used 1 Al1 signal c board 2 Al2 signal c board 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN2 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency CP control place cc closing contact oc opening cont
132. egWidth b5 TC ForceRampStop Under stop request the speed limit forces the motor to stop Brake On Off current limit 6 2 3 4 16 If motor current falls below this value the brake is closed immediately This parameter is available for NXP drives only Scaling of generating torque limit 6 2 2 6 6 0 Parameter 1 All 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 FB limit scaling This signal will adjust the maximum motor generating torque between 0 and max limit set with parameter ID1288 This parameter is available for NXP drives only Scaling of generating power limit 6 2 2 6 8 Parameter Ali Al2 Al3 Al4 FB limit scaling akan o This signal will adjust the maximum motor generating power between 0 and max limit set with parameter ID1290 This parameter is available for NXP drives only Follower stop function 6 2 11 2 Defines how the follower drive stops 0 Coasting follower remains in control even if master has stopped at fault 1 Ramping follower remains in control even if master has stopped at fault 2 As master follower behaves as master Reset encoder counter 6 2 2 7 29 Resets the monitoring values Shaft Angle and Shaft Rotations to zero The parameter is available for NXP drives only Honeywell 1092 1093 1209 1210 1213 1218 1239 1240 1241 1244 1248 Description of parameters 199 209 Master Follower mode 2 6 2 2 7 31 Select the digital input to activate the second Mast
133. egative value uses 0 1 ms accuracy instead of 1 ms 0 Not used 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev 86 209 6 6 9 Code U N O wo P2 6 16 P2 6 17 P2 6 18 P2 6 19 P2 6 20 P2 6 21 P2 6 22 Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell NXP drives Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 Parameter Motor control mode m oO U f optimisation U f ratio selection Field weakening point Voltage at field weakening point U f curve midpoint frequenc U f curve midpoint voltage Output voltage at zero frequency Switching frequency Overvoltage controller Undervoltage controller Motor control mode 2 Speed controller P gain open loop Speed controller gain open loop Load drooping Identification Restart dela Load drooping time Negat frequency limit Posit frequency limit Generator torque limit Motoring torque limit Min 8 00 10 00 0 00 0 00 2 2 e 0 000 0 320 00 320 00 0 0 0 0 Max Unit Default Cust 3 0 320 00 Hz 50 00 200 00 100 00 Paes 50 00 100 00 100 00 40 00 Varies Varies kHz Varies 32767 3000 ine 32767 300 100 00 0 00 65 535 s Varies 32000 0 320 00 320 00 320 00 320 00 300 0 300 0 Table 6 25 Motor control parameters NXP drives ID 4 Q o 4 oO 602 603 604 605 for Oo Bg 607 608 521 637
134. en no fault ee ae programmable Contact closed fault I 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V l l 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 l ee 7222 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls l M 14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref l 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Open Open Ref Uin i a l Closed Open Multi step ref 1 Ta a R Open Closed Multi step ref 2 l i Closed Closed Ref lin I I 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open no action H i SSS Contact closed fault reset 17 CMB Common for DIN4Q DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V l c 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable l READY l L 19 AO1 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 5009 l ee en Es DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector Is50mA U lt 48 VDC l l OPT A3 l 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable i RUN a ail a e RUN SSe L e 23 RO 24 RO2 A Relay output 2 Programmable 20 Sa Jaa 25 RO2 FAULT VAC H 26 RO2 a 28 THA Thermistor input one gt E ENNE T E e TH 2 Thermistor input Table 2 1 Standard application default I O configuration Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s User s Manual Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding ee oe ele CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND sls Fa
135. en set the value 3 500 501 502 503 504 505 Honeywell Description of parameters 165 209 Acceleration Deceleration ramp 1 shape 234567 2 4 1 Acceleration Deceleration ramp 2 shape 234567 2 4 2 The start and end of acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these parameters Setting value 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration to act immediately to the changes in the reference signal Setting value 0 1 10 seconds for this parameter produces an S shaped acceleration deceleration The acceleration time is determined with parameters 1ID103 ID104 ID502 ID503 I i I ID103 ID104_ ID502 ID503 i l 1 ID500 ID501 lt gt 1D500 ID501 t NX12K20 Figure 8 42 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped Acceleration time 2 234567 2 4 3 Deceleration time 2 234567 2 4 4 These values correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency par ID102 These parameters give the possibility to set two different acceleration deceleration time sets for one application The active set can be selected with the programmable signal DIN3 par D301 Brake chopper 234567 2 4 5 0 No brake chopper used 1 Brake chopper in use and tested when running Can be tested also in READY state 2 External brake chopper no testing 3 Used and tested in READY state and when running 4
136. en the speed controller gain is changed from ID613 to ID1295 Speed controller gain in field weakening area 6 2 6 27 28 The relative gain of the speed controller in the field weakening area as a percentage of par ID613 Speed controller gain f0 6 2 6 27 27 The relative gain of the speed controller as a percentage of par D613 when the speed is below the level defined by ID1300 204 209 1300 1301 1304 1305 1306 1307 1311 Description of parameters Honeywell Speed controller f0 point 6 2 6 27 26 The speed level in Hz below which the speed controller gain is equal to par ID1299 Speed controller f1 point 6 2 6 27 25 The speed level in Hz above which the speed controller gain is equal to par D613 From the speed defined by par ID1300 to speed defined by par ID1301 the speed controller gain changes linearly from par ID1299 to ID613 and vice versa Window positive 6 2 10 12 Defines size of window to positive direction Window negative 6 2 10 11 Defines size of window to negative direction Window positive Off limit 6 2 10 14 Defines speed controller positive off limit when the speed controller brings speed back to window Window negative Off limit 6 2 10 13 Defines speed controller negative off limit when the speed controller brings speed back to window Speed error filter PC 6 2 6 27 33 Filter time constant for speed reference and actual speed error Honeywell
137. equency control The default current value is 120 at zero frequency Use linear U f curve ID108 120 starting torque should now be possible Sometimes increasing the frequency limit ID635 will improve the run The Frequency limit is the critical point Increase the zero frequency point to get enough current at frequency limit Appendices 209 209 Honeywell 9 4 Parameters of motor thermal protection ID s 704 to 708 General The motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating The drive is capable of supplying higher than nominal current to the motor If the load requires this high current there is a risk that the motor will be thermally overloaded This is the case especially at low frequencies At low frequencies the cooling effect of the motor is reduced as well as its capacity If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction at low speeds is small The motor thermal protection is based on a calculated model and it uses the output current of the drive to determine the load on the motor The motor thermal protection can be adjusted with parameters The thermal current ly specifies the load current above which the motor is overloaded This current limit is a function of the output frequency The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored on the control keypad display See the product s user s manual CAUTION The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the motor
138. er 2 Follower 3 Current master 4 Current follower SystemBus fault delay 6 2 7 31 Defines the delays for the fault generation when heartbeat is missing Flux 10 150 6 2 6 29 1 2 6 29 15 Motor voltage corresponding to 10 150 of flux as a percentage of nominal flux voltage Speed control output limit 6 2 10 15 The maximum torque limit for the speed controller output as a percentage of the motor nominal torque 202 209 1401 1402 1412 1413 1414 1420 1424 Description of parameters Honeywell Stop state flux 6 2 6 27 24 The amount of flux as a percentage of the motor nominal flux maintained in the motor after the drive is stopped The flux is maintained for the time set by parameter ID1402 This parameter can be used in closed loop motor control mode only Flux off delay 6 2 6 27 23 The flux defined by parameter ID1401 is maintained in the motor for the set time after the drive is stopped 0 No flux after the motor is stopped gt 0 The flux off delay in seconds lt 0 The flux is maintained in the motor after stop until the next Run request is given to the drive Torque stabilator gain 6 2 6 28 6 Additional gain for the torque stabilator at zero frequency Torque stabilatordamping 6 2 6 28 7 This parameter defines the time constant for the torque stabilator The greater the parameter value the shorter the time constant Torque stabilator gain FWP 6 2 6 28 8 The
139. er Follower mode selected by parameter ID1093 The parameter is available for NXP drives only Master Follower mode 2 selection 6 2 11 7 Select Master Follower mode 2 that is used when the DI is activated When Follower is selected the Run Request command is monitored from Master and all other references are selectable by parameters 0 Single Drive 1 Master 2 Follower 3 Current master 4 Current follower Input switch acknowledgement 6 2 2 7 32 Select the digital input to acknowledge the status of the input switch The input switch is normally a switch fuse unit or main contactor with which the power is fed to the drive If the input switch acknowledgement is missing the drive trips at Input switch open fault F64 The parameter is available for NXP drives only External brake acknowledgement 6 2 2 7 24 If no acknowledgement is received within given time the drive will generate a brake fault The parameter is available for NXP drives only Emergency stop 6 2 2 7 30 Select the digital input to activate the emergency stop input to the drive When the digital input is down the drive stops as per the parameter definition of ID1276 Emergency stop mode The parameter is available for NXP drives only DC ready pulse 6 2 3 3 29 Charge DC Used to charge the inverter drive through OEVA type of input switch When the DC link voltage is above the charging level a 2 second pulse train is generated to close the input switch
140. er motor nominal current and the drive s nominal current l4 are used to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value If other than nominal motor is used with the drive the accuracy of the torque calculation decreases 9 7 Fieldbus control parameters ID s 850 to 859 The Fieldbus control parameters are used when the frequency or the speed reference comes from the fieldbus Modbus Profibus DeviceNet etc With the Fieldbus Data Out Selection 1 8 you can monitor values from the fieldbus
141. erence Menu M3 Al1 Al2 3 Fieldbus reference Al1i Al2 4 Al2 Al1 5 Al1 Al2 6 Alt joystick 7 Al2 joystick 8 Keypad reference Menu M3 9 Fieldbus reference Potentiometer reference controlled with DIN5 12 TRUE increase and DING TRUE decrease 11 Alt or Al2 whichever is lower 12 Alt or Al2 whichever is greater 13 Max frequency recommended in torque control only 14 Al1 Al2 selection 15 Encoder 1 16 Encoder 2 With OPT A7 Speed Synchronization NXP only Table 8 2 Selections for parameter ID117 PID controller gain 57 2 1 12 This parameter defines the gain of the PID controller If the value of the paramter is set to 100 a change of 10 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 If the parameter value is set to 0 the PID controller operates as D controller See examples on page 126 PID controller time 57 2 1 13 The parameter ID119 defines the integration time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 10 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 00 s If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PD controller See examples on page 126 Motor cos phi 2 10 2 1 10 Find this value cos phi on the rating plate of the motor Honeywell 121 122 124 126 127 128 129 130 Keypad frequency reference selection Description of para
142. euk Nominal 777777 voltage of the motor Field weakening point ID605 Ca i Default Nominal ID606 1 l frequency of the motor Def 1 3 if flHz ID604 ID602 NX12K08 Def 5 Hz Figure 8 2 Programmable U f curve Honeywell 109 110 111 112 113 Description of parameters 123 209 Linear with flux optimisation 3 The frequency converter starts to search for the minimum motor current in order to save energy lower the disturbance level and the noise This function can be used in applications with constant motor load such as fans pumps etc U f optimisation 2 13 2 6 2 Automatic The voltage to the motor changes automatically which makes the motor torque produce sufficient torque to start and run at low frequencies The voltage boost increase depends on the motor type and power Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where starting torque due to starting friction is high e g in conveyors EXAMPLE What changes are required to start with load from 0 Hz First set the motor nominal values Parameter group 2 1 Option 1 Activate the Automatic torque boost Option 2 Programmable U f curve To get torque you need to set the zero point voltage and midpoint voltage frequency in parameter group 2 6 so that the motor takes enough current at low frequencies First set par D108 to Programmable U f curve value 2 Increase zero point voltage ID606 to get
143. f your choice with this parameter For more information see Chapter 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming principle Al3 signal filter time 567 2 2 41 2 2 4 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analogue signal is activated Long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See parameter ID324 Al3 signal range 567 2 2 39 2 2 4 3 With this parameter you can select the Al3 signal range Applic 5 6 7 Sel 0 0 100 0 100 0 100 1 20 100 20 100 20 100 2 10 10V Customised 3 Customised Table 8 6 Selections for parameter ID143 Al3 custom setting minimum 67 2 2 4 4 Al3 custom setting maximum 67 2 2 4 5 Set the custom minimum and maximum levels for the Al3 signal within 160 160 Al3 signal inversion 567 2 2 40 2 2 4 6 0 No inversion 1 Signal inverted Al4 signal selection 567 2 2 42 2 2 5 1 See ID141 Al4 filter time 567 2 2 45 2 2 5 2 See ID142 Al4 signal range 567 2 2 43 2 2 5 3 See 1D143 Al4 custom setting minimum 67 2 2 5 3 2 2 5 4 Al4 custom setting maximum 67 2 2 5 4 2 2 5 5 See ID s 144 and 145 Al4 signal inversion 567 2 2 44 2 2 5 5 2 2 5 6 See ID151 Motor control mode 1 2 6 2 2 7 22 Contact is open Motor control mode 1 is selected Contact is cloosed Motor control mode 2 is selected See parameter ID s 600 and 521
144. frequency limit Ramp generator output with window 0 Ramp generator output Ramp generator output with window and On Off limits NOOB OND For the selection of this parameter in NXS drives see page 176 Positive frequency limit 6 2 6 20 Maximum frequency limit for the drive The parameter is available for NXP drives only Negative frequency limit 6 2 6 19 Minimum frequency limit for the drive The parameter is available for NXP drives only Motoring torque limit 6 2 6 22 Defines the maximum motoring side torque limit The parameter is available for NXP drives only Generator torque limit 6 2 6 21 Defines the maximum generating side torque limit The parameter is available for NXP drives only Motoring power limit 6 2 6 27 20 Defines the maximum motoring side power limit Generator power limit 6 2 6 27 19 Defines the maximum generating side power limit Honeywell 1316 1317 1324 1352 1355 to 1369 1382 Description of parameters 201 209 Brake fault response 6 2 7 28 Defines the action when a brake fault is detected Brake fault delays 6 2 7 29 The delay before the brake fault is activated Used when there is mechanical delay in the brake Master Follower selection 6 2 11 1 Select Master Follower mode When the value Follower is selected the Run Request command is monitored from Master All other references are selectable by parameters 0 Single Drive 1 Mast
145. function 12345 2 17 2 2 2 0 Not used 1 External fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Run enable contact open contact closed Application 1 4 Run enable contact open contact closed Applications 2 to 5 4 NOO Acc Dec contact open time select contact closed Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the input is active Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the input is not active Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped Motor start enabled Motor start enabled Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped Acceleration deceleration time 1 selected Acceleration deceleration time 2 selected Closing contact Force control place to I O terminal Closing contact Force control place to keypad Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID117 1ID121 and ID122 Note The value of parameter ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DIN opens the control place is selected according to parameter 3 1 Applications 2 to 5 8 Reverse contact open contact closed Applications 3 to 5 9 Jogging sp contact closed 10 Faultreset contactclosed 11 Acc dec operation prohibited contact closed 12 DC braking command contact closed Forward Can be used for reversing
146. g the ID number Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rom 2 Motor speed in rom V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature A 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 Ali V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 Analogue output 1 V mA 26 AO1 V1 16 Analogue input 3 V mA 27 Al3 V1 17 Analogue input 4 V mA 28 Al4 V1 18 Torque reference 18 V1 19 PT 100 temperature C 42 mi temperature of Used P1100 G1 20 Multimonitoring items mi three selectable monitoring V1 21 1 Current A 1113 Unfiltered motor current V1 21 2 Torque 1125 Unfiltered motor torque V1 21 3 DC Voltage V 44 Unfiltered DC link voltage V1 21 4 Status Word 43 V1 21 5 Motor Current to FB A 45 Motor current drive independent given with one decimal point Table 6 2 Monitoring values NXS drives Multi purpose Control Application
147. ge If Start forward DIN1 and Start reverse DIN2 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN1 has priority Figure 8 6 Start forward Start reverse 1 DIN1 closed contact start DIN2 closed contact reverse See below open contact stop open contact forward A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting NX12K10 Figure 8 7 Start Stop Reverse 2 DIN1 closed contact start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command 132 209 Description of parameters Honeywell 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN1 closed contact start pulse DIN2 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 8 8 A Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are frequency D506 simultaneous the Stop pulse i overrides the Start pulse Figure 8 8 Start pulse Stop pulse The selections including the text Rising edge required to start shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started Applications 2 and 4 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward
148. general gain for the torque stabilatorx Prevention of startup 6 2 2 7 25 This parameter is enabled when the Prevention of start circuit is used to inhibit the gate pulses The parameter is available for NXP drives only Restart delay 6 2 6 17 The delay time within which the drive can not be restarted after the coast stop The time can be set up to 60 000 seconds The parameter is available for NXP drives only Honeywell Description of parameters 203 209 8 1 Speed control parameters application 6 only 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 Gain w SpeedControl_Kp_FW 100 w SpeedControl_Kp_f0 w SpeedControl_f0 SpeedControl_f1 w FieldWeakeningPoint Figure 8 65 Speed Controller adaptive gain Speed controller torque minimum gain 6 2 6 27 30 The relative gain as a percentage of ID613 of the speed controller when the torque refer ence or the speed control output is less than the value of par ID1296 This parameter is normally used to stabilise the speed controller for a drive system with gear backlash Speed controller torque minimum 6 2 6 27 29 The level of torque reference below which the speed controller gain is changed from ID613 to ID1295 This is in percentage of motor nominal torque The change is filtered according to par ID1297 Speed controller torque minimum filtering time 6 2 6 27 31 The filter time in ms used wh
149. gging speed see par 1ID124 Contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference Fault reset Contact closed All faults reset Acceleration Deceleration prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened 140 209 12 DC braking command 13 Motor potentiometer UP A Description of parameters Honeywell Contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened See Figure 8 17 Contact closed Reference increases until the contact is opened Output frequency A Output frequency NX12K32 Figure 8 17 DC braking command selection 12 selected for DIN2 Left Stop mode Ramp Right Stop mode Coasting 320 321 322 All signal range 34567 2 2 4 2 2 16 2 2 2 3 Applic 3 4 5 6 7 Sel 0 0 100 0 100 0 100 1 20 100 20 100 20 100 2 Customised 10 10V Customised 3 Customised Table 8 9 Selections for parameter ID320 For selection Customised see parameters ID321 and ID322 Al1 custom setting minimum Al1 custom setting maximum 160 34567 2 2 5 2 2 17 2 2 2 4 34567 2 2 6 2 2 18 2 2 2 5 These parameters set the analogue input signal for any input signal span within 160 Honeywell 323 324 Description of parameters All signal inversion 3457 2 2 7 2 2 19 2 2 2 6 If this parameter 0 no inversion of analogue
150. goes below the limit Wake up happens when actual value exceeds the limit Wake up happens The limit defined with parameter 1D1018 is in per cent of the maxi mum actual value The limit defined with parameter 1D1018 is in per cent of the maxi mum actual value The limit defined with parameter 1ID1018 is in per cent of the cur rent value of the reference signal The limit defined with parameter 1D1018 is in per cent of the current value of the refer ence signal Actual value signal Par 1ID1018 30 time Actual value signal Par ID1018 60 Actual value signal reference 50 Par ID1018 60 limit 60 reference 30 Actual value signal Par ID1018 140 limit 140 reference 70 reference 50 Figure 8 57 Selectable wake up functions Honeywell Honeywell 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 Description of parameters PID controller bypass 7 2 9 16 191 209 With this parameter the PID controller can be programmed to be bypassed Then the frequency of the controlled drive and the starting points of the auxiliary drives are defined according to the actual value signal See Figure 8 58 Output freq Max freq par IP Start freq of the aux drive 2 Start freq of the aux drive 1 Par ID1004 par ID1002 ay Stop freq of the aux Minimum freq i Stop freq of the aux drive 2 par ID1005 par ID101 g drive 1 par ID1003 start S
151. h limit Par ID1032 Input pressure low limit PUMP631 DS4 Figure 8 60 Output pressure behaviour depending on input pressure and parameter settings Honeywell 1025 1026 1027 193 209 Description of parameters Frequency drop delay after starting auxiliary drive 7 2 9 21 Frequency increase delay after stopping auxiliary drive 7 2 9 22 If the speed of auxiliary drive increases slowly e g in soft starter control then a delay between the start of auxiliary drive and the frequency drop of the variable speed drive will make the control smoother This delay can be adjusted with parameter ID1025 In the same way if the speed of the auxiliary drives decreases slowly a delay between the auxiliary drive stop and the frequency increase of the variable speed drive can be programmed with parameter ID1026 See Figure 8 61 If either of the values of parameters ID1025 and ID1026 is set to maximum 300 0 s no frequency drop nor increase takes place Output frequency Start freq of aux drive 1 Hz Start delay of Frequency drop delay Frequency increase i fe aux drive par 1D1010 ape par 101025 delay par ID1026 mea 1 Stop delay of aux drive par iD1011 Aux drive control Aux drive speed NX12k94 fh3 Figure 8 61 Frequency drop and increase delays Autochange 7 2 9 24 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used 194 209 1028 Description of pa
152. h this parameter for a time greater than that determined by parameter ID1017 During the Stop state the PID controller is operating switching the frequency converter to Run state when the actual value signal either falls below or exceeds see par D1019 the Wake up level determined by parameter ID1018 See Figure 8 56 Sleep delay 57 2 1 16 The minimum amount of time the frequency has to remain below the Sleep level before the frequency converter is stopped See Figure 8 56 Wake up level 57 2 1 17 The wake up level defines the level below which the actual value must fall or which has to be exceeded before the Run state of the frequency converter is restored See Figure 8 56 Actual value Wake up level param ID1018 Output frequency t lt param ID1017 t lt par ID1017 1 i Start Stop status of running the var speed drive stop NX12k56 Figure 8 56 Frequency converter sleep function Wake up function 57 2 1 18 This parameter defines whether the restoration of the Run state occurs when the actual value signal falls below or exceeds the Wake up level par ID1018 See Figure 8 56 and Figure 8 57 on page 190 The application 5 has selections 0 1 and application 7 selections 0 3 available 190 209 Description of parameters Par Limit Description value Wake up happens when actual value goes below the limit Wake up happens when actual value exceeds the limit when actual value
153. he autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and a contactor is needed for each drive to connect it to either the mains or the frequency converter Parameter 2 9 26 Autochange interval After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit and 2 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of P2 9 28 the autochange will not take place before the capacity goes below this limit e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active at control place A e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place or on removal of Start request at control place A 100 209 Parameters Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell 2 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives and 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so that the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows If the number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parameter 2 9 27 the autochange function can take place If the number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter 2 9 27 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter 2 9 28 the autochange can take place If
154. iary drive See Figure 8 54 Start frequency auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 4 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 5 Start frequency auxiliary drive 3 7 2 9 6 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 3 7 2 9 7 Start frequency auxiliary drive 4 7 2 9 8 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 4 7 2 9 9 See ID s 1002 and 1003 Start delay of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 10 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain above the start frequency of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the auxiliary drive is started The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary starts caused by momentary start limit exceedings See Figure 8 54 Stop delay of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 11 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain below the stop limit of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the drive is stopped The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary stops caused by momentary falls below the stop limit See Figure 8 54 188 209 Description of parameters Honeywell Output frequency Output frequency Start delay of the aux drives par ID1010 Frequency i increase Start freq of aux drive 1 par ID1002 1 Hz Start freq of aux drive 1 Is il during the par ID1002 1 Hz start delay Frequency after starting 7 the aux drive1 sf is par ID1003
155. icator SystemBus working properly SBInUse Parameter for activating SystemBus communication 0 Not in used 1 Communication activated SBIid Drive number in SystemBus line Use 1 for Master or the same ID as in CAN line SBNextld Next Drive number in SystemBus line SBSpeed Parameter for the selection of SystemBus speed Honeywell Honeywell Multi purpose Control Application 6 6 Multi purpose Control Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter On param code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped Apply the Terminal to Function method TTF to these parameters see chapter 6 4 Max Unit Default Cust ID mz 6 6 1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and mea surements Monitoring values on shadowed background can be controlled from the fieldbus See the product s user s manual for more information Monitoring values controllable from fieldbus usin
156. ick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiometer 11 Al1 Al2 minimum 12 Al1 Al2 maximum 13 Max frequency 14 Al1 Al2 selection 15 Encoder 1 16 Encoder 2 NXP only 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 Al2 Al1 5 Al1xAl2 6 Al1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus See par 2 1 12 See ID413 Honeywell 6 6 4 6 6 4 1 Input signals Parameter Start Stop logic selection Motor potentiometer ramp time Motor potentiometer P2 2 113 frequency reference P2 2 1 6 memory reset Adjust input Adjust maximum Min 0 1 0 0 0 0 Multi purpose Control Application 0 0 0 0 Code Parameter Min Max Ali signal eae selection et P2 2 2 2 Alt filter time 0 00 10 00 P2 2 2 3 Al1 signal range EY 3 Al1 custom minimum P2 2 2 4 setting 160 00 160 00 P2 2 2 5 All custom 160 00 160 00 maximum setting Ali reference P2 2 2 6 scaling minimum 320 00 value Al1 reference P2 2 2 7 scaling maximum 320 00 value P2 2 2 8 AIT joystick 0 00 20 00 hysteresis P2 2 2 9 All sleep limit 0 00 100 00 P2 2 2 10 Ali sleep delay 0 00 320 00 P2 2 2 11 Al1 joystick offset 100 00 100 00 Table 6 7 Analogue input 1 parameters G2 2 2 ID Note Start Start signal 1 signal 2 Default Default __ DIN1 DIN2 0 Start forw Start rev 300 1 Start Stop Reverse 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse
157. if start Reverse signal 2 is used for other functions Jogging speed selected for frequency reference Resets all faults Stops acceleration or deceleration until the contact is opened In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened see Figure 8 9 134 209 Description of parameters Honeywell Applications 3 and 5 13 Motor potentiometer down contact closed Reference decreases until the contact is opened Application 4 13 Preset speed A Output frequency ID515 7 w o L w o L ao g o ie T a ae a DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode b DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode Ramp Coasting Figure 8 9 DIN3 as DC brake command input a Stop mode Ramp b Stop mode coasting 302 Reference offset for current input 12 2 15 2 2 3 0 No offset 0 20mA 1 Offset 4 mA living zero provides supervision of zero level signal In Standard Application the response to reference fault can be programmed with parameter ID700 303 Reference scaling minimum value 2346 2 2 4 2 2 16 2 2 2 6 304 Reference scaling maximum value 2346 2 2 5 2 2 17 2 2 2 7 Setting value limits 0 lt par ID303 lt par ID304 lt par ID102 If both parameter ID303 and parameter ID394 0 scaling is set off The minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling A A Output Output frequency frequency Max freq ID102 Max freq 1ID102 Min
158. ight speed difference between the drives is possible When both the Master and the Followers are speed controlled drooping is typically also used 6 5 1 Master Follower link physical connections The master drive is located on the left side and all others are followers The master follower physical link can be built with OPT D1 or OPT D2 option boards 6 5 2 Optical fibre connection between frequency converters with OPT D1 Connect the output 1 of Device 1 to the input 2 of Device 2 and the input of Device 1 to the output 2 of Device 2 Note that in the end devices one terminal pair remains unused 6 5 3 Optical fibre connection between frequency converters with OPT D2 In this connection example the leftmost device is the Master and the others are followers The OPT D2 board in the Master has the default jumper selections i e X6 1 2 X5 1 2 For the followers the jumper positions have to be changed X6 1 2 X5 2 3 rey cond mend mend RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 tE ti mi Figure 6 3 System bus physical connections with the OPT D2 board Multi purpose Control Application TX RXITXIRX TX RXITXIRX TX RX TXIRX TX RXITXIRX 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 Figure 6 4 System bus physical connections with the OPT D1 board 6 5 4 OPT D2 expander board menu SBCRCErrorCounter Indicates the number of CRC errors in the communication SBOk Ind
159. imit 2 supervision Output frequency P2 3 13 limit 2 320 00 Hz 0 00 Supervision value Local Remote Control Application Cust 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 346 347 Note TTF programming method used See page 65 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference O fmax 3 Motor speed O Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque O Tnmotor 6 Motor power O Prmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt 0O 1000V O No filtering O Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 1 4 mA 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn As parameter 2 3 7 As parameter 2 3 7 O No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision O No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Torque limit super 2 vision function Torque limit Reference limit supervision function Reference limit cuperveionvaue 9 1000 External brake Off Pao 100 0 dela
160. in the product s CMA and CMB grounding User s Manual CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND _ CMB isolated from GND JC CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 24 209 Local Remote Control Application Honeywell 3 3 Control signal logic in Local Remote Application ID124 Jogging speed ref 1D122 Fieldbus Ctrl reference ID121 Keypad Ctr reference 1D131 1 OB reference ID117 1 OAreference R3 2 Keypad reference Pan Motor potentiometer ID125 Control pace SSeS Startt Stop buttons Reset button I i Reference from fieldbus i Start Stop from fieldbus i Direction from fieldbus Sart forward hl Programmable pe progremmake Start Stop and Start reverse reverse logicA programmeble Internal Start Stop Internal reverse E Internal fault reset gt 1 ID123 Keypad direction Fault reset input programmable NX105 fh8 Figure 3 1 Control signal logic of the Local Remote Control Application Honeywell Local Remote Control Application 3 4 Local Remote control application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number
161. ing current P2 6 14 7 at start A 0 00 627 P2 6 14 8 EE timeat 4 60000 ms 0 628 P2 6 14 9 0 speed time at start 100 615 P2 6 14 10 0 speed time at stop 100 616 O Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 14 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 0 0 633 P2 6 14 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 0 0 634 P2 6 14 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 0 0 618 p2 6 14 17 Curent control 0 00 100 00 40 00 617 P gain Table 2 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max P27 1 Response to 4mA 5 reference fault pon ack TEA Par 2 1 2 requenc P273 Response to 3 external fault supervision Response to Ree undervoltage fault is ape supervision P2 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 Thermal protection p2 7 9 Motor ambient 400 0 100 0 temperature factor P27 10 E 150 0 at zero speed P27 11 Motor thermal time 1 200 constant P2 7 12 Motordutycycle 0 100 P2 7 13 Stall protection HA P2 7 14 Stall current 0 00 2x P2 7 15 Stall time limit 120 00 P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 Hee P2 7 17 Underload meo o 8 area load P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 P2 7 20 enigeueay i 2 protection time limit Response to Ree thermistor fault Peja Response to P2 7 2 _ fieldbus fault ofe P2 7 23 Response to slot 3 fault Table 2 9 Protections G2 7 Unit Hz Standard Application Protec
162. ing current EAA DC Pee time 600 00 00 Pee stop Frequency to start DC braking during 0 10 10 00 ramp stop DC braking time Fuxbrate o Flux brake P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 kL NXP drives only DC brake current at oofa stop L Inching reference 1 320 00 320 00 320 00 320 00 3200 0 Emergency stop Fo mode Control options zs 65536 Table 6 20 Drive control parameters G2 4 Inching reference 2 Default 0 1 0 0 10 0 10 0 Multi purpose Control Application Cust Honeywell Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 Note 0 ee anime gt 0 S curve ramp time Eon b uveramoime gt 0 S curve aeseune ramp tne time 502 lt 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable 506 coast 3 Coast Run enable 508 508 o 0 DC brake is off at stop brake is off at 0 DC brake is off at stop 516 516 o 0 DC brake is off at start brake is off 0 DC brake is off at start start 0 Off 1 On the eT 0 S oo fo Ei 127 0 Coasting i ee 108 el Honeywell 6 6 7 P2 5 1 P2 5 2 P2 5 3 P2 5 4 P2 5 5 P2 5 6 P2 5 7 Code Multi purpose Control Application NXS Drives Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2
163. ing the actual speed received from the tachometer to the speed reference accuracy 0 01 4 Torque crtl closed loop The I O terminal and keypad references are torque references and the frequency converter controls the motor torque Switching frequency 234567 2 6 9 Motor noise can be minimised using a high switching frequency Increasing the switching frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter unit The range of this parameter depends on the size of the frequency converter Min kHz Max kHz Default kHz 0003 0061 NX_2 3 6 0041 0062 NX_6 15 0144 0208 NX_6 i Table 8 12 Size dependent switching frequencies Note The actual switching frequency might be reduced down to 1 5kHz by thermal management functions This has to be considered when using sine wave filters or other output filters with a low resonance frequency Field weakening point 234567 2 6 4 The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltage reaches the set ID603 maximum value 172 209 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 Description of parameters Honeywell Voltage at field weakening point 234567 2 6 5 Above the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage remains at the set maximum value Below the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage depends on the setting of the U f curve parameters See parameters ID109 ID108 ID604 and ID605 When the
164. input DIN6 e All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Local Remote Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Honeywell Local Remote Control Application 3 2 Control I O Reference potentiometer OPT A1 1 10 kQ Terminal Signal Description r gt 1 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc eee ee Ali Analogue input voltage range Place B frequency reference 0 10V DC range 0 10 V DC Remote control BAN a ee oe 3 Alt I O Ground Ground for reference and controls Remote reference 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Place A frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA range 0 20 mA 0 4 20mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls eee ee ae ee 8 DIN1 Place A start forward Contact closed s
165. ion limit 6 2 2 6 4 See ID399 Torque The set torque supervision limit can be reduced with the free analogue 100 input signal between 0 and the set Par ID349 supervision limit ID349 See Figure 8 39 NX12K60 Figure 8 39 Reducing torque supervision limit Start signal 1 6 2 2 7 1 Signal selection 1 for the start stop logic Default programming A 1 Start signal 2 6 2 2 7 2 Signal selection 2 for the start stop logic Default programming A 2 External fault close 67 2 2 7 11 2 2 6 4 Contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped 158 209 406 407 408 409 410 411 Description of parameters Honeywell External fault open 67 2 2 7 12 2 2 6 5 Contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped Run enable 67 2 2 7 3 2 2 6 6 Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled Acceleration Deceleration time selection 67 2 2 7 13 2 2 6 7 Contact open _Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Set Acceleration Deceleration times with parameters ID103 and ID104 Control from I O terminal 67 2 2 7 18 2 2 6 8 Contact closed Force control place to I O terminal Control from keypad 67 2 2 7 19 2 2 6 9 Contact closed Force control place to keypad Control from fieldbus 67 2 2 7 20 2 2 6 10 Contact closed Force control place to fieldbus NOTE When the control place is fo
166. is reduced by blocked air intake grill 9 5 Parameters of Stall protection ID s 709 to 712 General The motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as one caused by a stalled shaft The reaction time of the stall protection can be set shorter than that of motor thermal protection The stall state is defined with two parameters ID710 Stall current and ID712 Stall frequency limit If the current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the stall state is true There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation Stall protection is a type of overcurrent protection 9 6 Parameters of Underload protection ID s 713 to 716 General The purpose of the motor underload protection is to ensure that there is load on the motor when the drive is running If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process e g a broken belt or a dry pump Motor underload protection can be adjusted by setting the underload curve with parameters ID714 Field weakening area load and ID715 Zero frequency load see below The underload curve is a squared curve set between the zero frequency and the field weakening point The protection is not active below 5Hz the underload time counter is stopped The torque values for setting the underload curve are set in percentage which refers to the nominal torque of the motor The motor s name plate data paramet
167. lanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present param number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped 5 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s user s manual for more information Note that the monitoring values V1 19 to V1 22 are available with the PID control application only Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Bestar Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rom V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 _ Motor power 5__ Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 mA
168. le You want to connect the digital output function Reference fault warning parameter 2 3 3 7 to the digital output DO1 on the basic board OPT A1 see the product s user s manual First find the parameter 2 3 3 7 on the keypad Press the Menu button right once to enter the edit mode On the value line you will see the terminal type on the left DigIN DigOUT An IN An OUT and on the right the present input output the function is connected to B 3 A 2 etc or if not con nected a value 0 When the value is blinking hold down the Browser button up or down to find the desired board slot and signal number The program will scroll the board slots starting from 0 and proceeding from A to E and the I O selection from 1 to 10 Once you have set the desired value press the Enter button once to confirm the change PREADY READY Q cls P2331 GED A IAI Ref Faul Warn DigOUT B 1 P2331 P2331 ep AI Ref Faul Warn JAI Ref Faul Warn DigOUT 0 0 DigOUT 0 0 66 209 Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell 6 4 2 Defining a terminal for a certain function with NCDrive programming tool If you use the NCDrive Programming Tool for parametrizing you will have to establish the con nection between the function and input output in the same way as with the control panel Just pick the address code from the drop down menu in the Value column see the Figure below a Parameter Window M 10 x LOADED C
169. le 2 2 Monitoring values Honeywell 2 1 15 Acceleration time 1 3000 0 U M r ol anaa Standard Application Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Parameter Min Max Unit Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 Hz S A Deceleration time 1 3000 0 s Current limit A Nominal voltage of 180 V the motor saas Nominal frequency gt ofthe motor 320 00 Hz Nominal speed of the motor 20 000 rpm Nominal current of 0 30 1 00 Motor cos I O reference Keypad control reference Fieldbus control reference 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 0 00 Par 21 2 Hz Preset speed 1 Preset speed 2 Table 2 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Default 10 00 50 00 Cust NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system Check the rating plate of the motor The default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter the motor the motor 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Speeds preset by operator 16 209 2 4 3 Code P2 2 3 P2 2 4 P2 2 5 P2 2 6 Start Stop logic Reference scaling minimum value Reference scaling maximum value Reference inversion Standard Application Max Unit Min _ cfs Current reference 1 offset EEEE P2 2 7 Reference filter ti
170. leared after the trial time has elapsed and the next fault start the trial time count again If a single fault remains during the trial time a fault state is true Automatic restart Start function 234567 2 8 3 The Start function for Automatic restart is selected with this parameter The parameter defines the start mode 0 Start with ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start according to ID505 Automatic restart Number of tries after undervoltage fault trip 234567 2 8 4 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 after and undervoltage trip 0 No automatic restart gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after undervoltage fault The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal level Honeywell 721 722 723 725 726 727 728 Description of parameters 183 209 Automatic restart Number of tries after overvoltage trip 234567 2 8 5 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 after an overvoltage trip 0 No automatic restart after overvoltage fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after overvoltage fault trip The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal level Automatic restart Number of tries after overcurrent trip 234567 2 8 6 NOTE
171. limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 0 Not used 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit TTF programming method used See page 65 As parameter 2 3 2 0 N0 filtering 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 1 4 mA Code P2 4 1 P2 4 2 P2 4 3 P2 4 4 P2 4 6 P2 4 7 P2 4 8 P2 4 9 P2 4 10 P2 4 11 P2 4 12 P2 4 13 PID Control Application Parameter Min Max Unit Ramp 2 shape S Acceleration time 2 3000 0 Deceleration time 2 3000 0 7 ele DC braking current 0 00 lk DC braking time 600 00 at stop Frequency to start DC braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz ramp stop DC braking time 000 600 00 Njn gt n n at start Flux braking current 0 00 hk A Table 5 6 Drive control parameters G2 4 5 4 6 Code P2 5 14 P2 5 2 P2 5 3 P2 5 4 P2 5 5 P2 5 6 P2 5 7 Parameter Prohibit frequency range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency range 1 high limit Prohibit frequency range 2 low limit Prohibit frequency range 2 high limit Prohibit frequency range 3 low limit Prohibit frequency range 3 high limit Prohibit acc dec ramp Table 5 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Default 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 Default Cust Cust Honeywell Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 0 Linear
172. logue output 2 Ea P2 3 6 5 minimin Analogue output 2 10 Analogue output 2 P2867 100 00 Table 6 18 Analogue output 2 parameters G2 3 6 Unit Unit Default A 1 Cust Honeywell 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference O fmax 3 Motor speed O Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque O T motor 6 Motor power 7 O P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt O 1000V 9 Al1 10 Al2 11 Output freq fmin fmax 12 Motor torque 2 2xXTnmot 13 Motor power 2 2xXTnmot 14 PT100 temperature 15 FB analogue output 308 O No filtering 9 O Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA e 46 30 30 375 472 See par 2 3 5 2 0 N0 filtering 473 474 1 Inverted 1 4mA 475 476 477 Honeywell Code Parameter Min Max Analogue output 3 ee po 3 7 2 Analogue output 3 im function Analogue output 3 Analogue output 3 Analogue output 3 P2 3 7 5 ie minimum p2 3 7 6 Analogue output 3 scale Analogue output 3 i Table 6 19 Analogue output 3 parameters G2 3 7 Multi purpose Control Application Unit Cust 482 483 484 See par 2 3 5 2 0 No filtering O Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 1 4 mA 6 6 6 Parameter Ramp 2 shape 00 10 0 Acceleration time 2 3000 0 Deceleration time 2 3000 0 7 ee _ Bg DC brak
173. lt delay The delay after the motor is stopped with coasting after the cooling OK signal is missing 186 209 850 851 852 to 859 876 to 883 Description of parameters Honeywell Fieldbus reference minimum scaling 6 2 9 1 Fieldbus reference maximum scaling 6 2 9 2 Use these two parameters to scale the fieldbus reference signal Setting value limits 0 lt par ID850 lt ID851 lt ID102 If par ID851 0 custom scaling is not used and the minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling The scaling takes place as presented in Figure 8 10 See also chapter 9 7 Note Using this custom scaling function also affects the scaling of the actual value Fieldbus data out selections 1 to 8 6 2 9 3 to 2 9 10 Using these parameters you can monitor any monitoring or parameter value from the fieldbus Enter the ID number of the item you wish to monitor for the value of these parameters See chapter 9 7 Some typical values 1 Output frequency 15 Digital inputs 1 2 3 statuses 2 Motor speed 16 Digital inputs 4 5 6 statuses 3 Motor current 17 Digital and relay output statuses 4 Motor torque 25 Frequency reference 5 Motor power 26 Analogue output current 6 Motor voltage 27 AIS 7 DC link voltage 28 Al4 8 Unit temperature 31 AO1 expander board 9 Motor temperature 32 AO2 expander board 13 Alt 37 Active fault 1 14 Al2 45 Motor current drive indepen
174. me 0 00 10 00 s P2 2 8 Al1 signal selection P2 2 9 Al2 signal selection E Table 2 4 Input signals G2 2 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 Default 0 00 0 00 0 10 A 1 A 2 Honeywell Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Fwd Rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run enable 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to lO 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus 8 Reverse 0 0 20mA 1 4 20mA Selects the frequency that corresponds to the min reference signal 0 00 No scaling Selects the frequency that corresponds to the max reference signal 0 00 No scaling 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted TTF programming method used See page 65 TTF programming method used See page 65 Rising edge required to start Honeywell 2 4 4 Code Parameter Min Analogue output 1 ioe signal selection P23 2 Analogue output 0 function P2 33 A nalogue output filter 0 00 time P23 4 Analogue output 0 inversion Analogue output P2 3 5 as 0 minimum P23 6 Analogue output 10 scale Digital output 1 P2 3 7 i 0 function P2 3 8 RO1 function 0 P2 3 9 RO2 function 0 P2 3 10 Output frequency 0 limit 1 supervision Output frequency P2 3 11 limit 1 0 00 Supervised value P2312 Analogue output 2 0 signal sel
175. menu Control keypad Menu M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as appli cation and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s User s Manual 3 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s User s Manual Multi step Speed Control Application Honeywell 4 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION Software ASFIFF04 4 1 Introduction Select the Multi step Speed Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 The Multi step Speed Control Application can be used in applications where fixed speeds are needed Totally 15 2 different speeds can be programmed one basic speed 15 multi step speeds and one jogging speed The speed steps are selected with digital signals DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 If jogging speed is used DIN3 can be programmed from fault reset to jogging speed select The basic speed reference can be either voltage or current signal via analogue input terminals 2 3 or 4 5 The other one of the analogue inputs can be programmed for other purposes e All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp program
176. meter ID Choose controlled data with parameter ID Choose controlled data with parameter ID 92 209 6 6 13 Code P2 10 2 P2 10 3 P2 10 4 P2 10 5 P2 10 6 P2 10 7 P2 10 8 P2 10 9 P2 10 11 P2 10 15 P2 10 17 P2 10 1 P2 10 10 NXP drives only P2 10 12 P2 10 13 P2 10 14 P2 10 16 Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell Torque control parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 10 Parameter Min Torque limit 0 0 Torque limit control 0 0 P gain k Torque limit control 0 0 l gain Torque reference 0 selection Torque reference max 300 0 Torque reference min 300 0 Torque speed limit 0 Minimum frequency for open loop torque control Torque controller P gain Torque controller gain Torque speed limit 0 CL Torque reference filtering time E Window negative 0 00 Window positive 0 00 Window negative off 0 00 Window positive off 0 00 Speed control 00 output limit Max 300 0 32000 32000 300 0 300 0 50 00 32000 32000 32000 50 00 50 00 P2 10 13 P2 10 14 300 0 Table 6 32 Torque control parameters G2 10 Unit ms Hz Hz Hz Hz Default 300 0 3000 200 100 0 0 2 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 300 0 Cust 641 642 643 644 636 639 640 1278 1244 1305 1304 1307 1306 1382 Note Used only in Open Loop control mode 0
177. meters 234567 2 1 12 2 1 13 2 2 6 2 2 1 2 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the keypad 125 209 0 Analogue volt ref Analogue volt ref Analogue volt ref Analogue volt ref Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 1 Analogue curr ref Analogue curr ref Analogue curr ref Analogue curr ref Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Keypad reference 2 Menu M3 Al3 Al1 Al2 Al3 3 Pieces Al4 Al1 Al2 Al4 reference Keypad reference a Keypad reference 4 Menu M3 ARSAN Menu M3 5 Fieldbus Al1 Al2 Fieldbus reference reference 6 Potentiometer ref Al1 joystick Potentiometer ref 7 PID controller ref Al2 joystick PID controller ref 8 Keypad reference Menu M3 9 Fieldbus reference Table 8 3 Selections for parameter ID121 FBSpeedReference Fieldbus frequency reference selection 234567 2 1 13 2 1 14 2 2 7 2 2 1 3 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the fieldbus For selections in different applications see ID121 Jogging speed reference 34567 2 1 14 2 1 15 2 1 19 Defines the jogging speed selected with the DIN3 digital input which can be programmed for Jogging speed See parameter ID301 Parameter value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency ID s 101 and 102 Preset speed 3 46 2 1 17 Preset speed 4 46 2 1 1
178. method see chapter 6 4 All joystick hysteresis 6 2 2 2 8 This parameter defines the joystick hysteresis between 0 and 20 When the joystick or potentiometer control is turned from reverse to forward the output frequency falls linearly to the selected minimum frequency joystick potentiometer in middle position and stays there until the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command It depends on the amount of joystick hysteresis defined with this parameter how much the joystick potentiometer must be turned to start the increase of the frequency towards the selected maximum frequency If the value of this parameter is 0 the frequency starts to increase linearly immediately when the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command from the middle position When the control is changed from forward to reverse the frequency follows the same pattern the other way round See Figure 8 34 Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference scaling max ID304 70Hz From reverse to forward Max freq ID102 50Hz From forward to reverse Analogue input V mA 0 10V 20mA Min freq ID101 Ref scaling min EA Beene A A Par ID322 0 90 Joystick hysteresis ID384 20 NX12k92 Figure 8 34 An example of joystick hysteresis In this example the value of par D385 Sleep limit 0 Honeywell Description of parameters 155 209 385 Al1 sleep limit 6
179. ming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Multi Step Speed Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 36 209 4 2 Control I O Multi step Speed Control Application Reference potentiometer OPT A1 1 10 kQ Terminal Signal Description pas 1 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc zind 2 Ali Analogue input voltage range Basic reference programmable 0 10V DC range 0 10 V DC t 3 Alt I O Ground Ground for reference and controls Basic reference ___ 4 Al2 Input for reference current Basic reference programmable optional 5 Al2 range 0 20 mA n a 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A a 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Poa Se 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward programmable a Ee ee 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse programmable 2 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault P er a a programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V
180. mp Table 7 16 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Default 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 0 509 ef 116 209 7 5 7 Code U N D o U N D Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 Parameter Motor control mode U f optimisation U f ratio selection Field weakening point Voltage at field weakening point U f curve midpoint frequency U f curve midpoint voltage Output voltage at zero frequenc Switching frequency Overvoltage controller Undervoltage controller 320 00 200 00 par P2 6 4 100 00 40 00 Varies Table 7 17 Motor control parameters G2 6 50 00 100 00 50 00 100 00 Varies Varies Cust ID 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost O Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim nN X Unmo 605 Parameter max value par 2 6 5 See Table 8 12 for exact values 0 Not used 607 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping 0 Not used 1 Used j Oo k oO oe 601 608 Honeywell 7 5 8 P2 7 1 P2 7 2 P2 7 3 P2 7 4 P2 7 5 P2 7 6 P2 7 8 P2 7 9 P2 7 11 P2 7 13 P2 7 15 P2 7 17 P2 7 21 P2 7 23 P2 7 25 Code P2 7 7 P2 7 10 P2 7 12 P2 7 14 P2 7 16 P2 7 18 P2 7 19 P2 7 20 P2 7 22 P2 7 24
181. mp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable 506 507 508 0 DC brake is off at stop 516 0 DC brake is off at start 0 Off 520 1 0n 519 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 510 0 Prohibit range 1 is off 512 0 Prohibit range 2 is off 513 514 0 Prohibit range 3 is off 4 4 7 O 2 U N D wo P2 6 10 P2 6 11 P2 6 12 P2 6 13 Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 P2 6 14 1 P2 6 14 2 P2 6 14 3 P2 6 14 5 P2 6 14 6 P2 6 14 7 P2 6 14 8 P2 6 14 9 P2 6 14 10 P2 6 14 11 P2 6 14 12 P2 6 14 13 P2 6 14 15 P2 6 14 17 Honeywell Multi step Speed Control Application Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 Parameter Motor control mode U f optimisation U f ratio selection Field weakening point Voltage at field weakening point U f curve midpoint frequenc U f curve midpoint voltage Output voltage at zero frequency Switching frequency Overvoltage controller Undervoltage controller Load drooping Identification Magnetizing current Speed control P gain Speed control time Acceleration compensation Slip adjust Magnetizing current at start Magnetizing time at start 0 speed time at start 0 speed time at stop Start up torque Start up torque FWD Start up torque REV Encoder filter time Current control P gain Min 0 0 0 00 0 00
182. n Fieldbus inputdatai Oo o1 455 Fieldbus inputdata2 Oo o1 456 Fieldbus input data3 0o 01 457 Fieldbus inputdata4 0o o1 169 Fieldbus inputdata5 0o 01 170 nly DC ready pulse 0 0 1218 Table 6 15 Digital output signals G2 3 3 Honeywell Note Ready to Run Running Drive in fault state Drive not in fault state Warning active External fault active 4 mA fault active Drive overtemperature active Output frequency lt 0 Hz Reference lt gt Output freaqyenc Reference Output frequenc Jgging or preset speed command active IO control active See explanations on page 160 See ID315 See ID346 See 1D350 See 1D354 See 1D348 See ID356 FB CW B11 FB CW B12 FB CW B13 FB CW B14 FB CW B15 WARNING Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless operation Honeywell 6 6 5 4 Limit settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 4 Code Parameter p2 3 4 1 Output frequency limit 1 supervision Output frequency P2 3 4 2 limit 1 Supervised value Output frequency i limit 2 supervision Output frequency P2 3 4 4 limit 2 Supervised value P2345 Torque limit supervision P2346 Torque limit supervision value P2347 Reference limit supervision P2348 Reference limit supervision value External PARA brake off dela External RESO brake on delay p2 3 4 11 FC temperat
183. n on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Max Default Cust ID Note 1 1 O terminal 3 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Par 2 1 2 0 Forward 0 123 1 Reverse 100 00 0 00 100 00 0 00 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 f 114 1 Stop button always enabled Table 7 21 Keypad control parameters M3 7 5 12 System menu Control keypad M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 7 5 13 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s user s manual Honeywell 8 Description of parameters 121 209 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS On the following pages you will find the parameter descriptions arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter A shaded parameter ID number e g 418 Motor potentiometer UP indicates that the TTF programming method shall be applied to this parameter see chapter 6 4 Some parameter names are followed by a number code indicating the All in One applications in which the parameter is included If no code is shown the parameter is available in all applications S
184. nction filter time Table 4 5 Output signals G2 3 Code P2 4 1 P2 4 2 P2 4 3 P2 4 4 P2 4 6 P2 4 7 P2 4 8 P2 4 9 P2 4 10 P2 4 11 P2 4 12 P2 4 13 Multi step Speed Control Application Honeywell Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 Parameter Min Max Unit Ramp 2 shape S Acceleration time 2 3000 0 Deceleration time 2 3000 0 7 ele _ ae DC braking current 0 00 lk DC braking time 0 00 600 00 at stop Frequency to start DC braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz ramp stop DC braking time 0 00 600 00 nn gt n n at start Flux braking current 0 00 hk A Table 4 6 Drive control parameters G2 4 4 4 6 Code P2 5 1 P2 5 2 P2 5 3 P2 5 4 P2 5 5 P2 5 6 P2 5 7 Parameter Prohibit frequency range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency range 1 high limit Prohibit frequency range 2 low limit Prohibit frequency range 2 high limit Prohibit frequency range 3 low limit Prohibit frequency range 3 high limit Table 4 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Default 0 1 0 0 10 0 10 0 Default 0 00 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 Cust Cust 0 Linear ae gt 0 S curve ramp time 0 Linear 30l gt 0 S curve ramp time 502 o ee ee 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no 505 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ra
185. ntrol 0 No action No identification requested 1 Identification without motor run The drive is run without speed to identify the motor parameters The motor is supplied with current and voltage but with zero frequency 2 Identification with motor run The drive is run with speed to identify the motor parameters Note It is recommended to do the this identification test with no load on the motor for best results 3 Encoder ID run Identifies the shaft zero position when using PMS motor with absolute encoder The basic motor name plate data has to be set correctly before performing the identifi cation run 1D110 Nominal voltage of the motor par 2 1 6 ID111 Nominal frequency of the motor par 2 1 7 1D112 Nominal speed of the motor par 2 1 8 1D113 Nominal current of the motor par 2 1 9 D120 Motor cos phi par 2 1 10 When in closed loop and with an encoder installed also the parameter for pulses revolutions in Menu M7 has to be set Honeywell 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 Description of parameters 175 209 The automatic identification is activated by setting this parameter to the appropriate value followed by a start command in the requested direction The start command to the drive has to be given within 20 s If no start command is given within 20 s the identifi cation run is cancelled and the parameter will be reset to its default setting The identification run c
186. o response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 2 Warning Previous Freq PATA reference fault 2 4 700 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting poe 4mMA reference fault 000 Par 2 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 frequenc Response to external 0 No response Input phase 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 Response to 0 Fault stored in history P2 7 5 undervoltage fault ESRA 0 727 1 Fault not stored P2 7 6 Output phase ee A 2 702 0 No response supervision 1 Warning P2 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 2 703 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 Thermal protection Faul i P2 7 8 Si ihe motor ETEN 2 704 3 Fault stop by coasting p2 7 9 Motor ambient 400 0 100 0 0 0 705 temperature factor P27 10 EA 150 0 at zero speed o o o 40 0 706 Motor thermal time P2 7 12 Motor duty cyce O 10 100 708 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 13 Stall protection 3 1 709 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 14 Stall current _ 0 00 2x A lH 70 o P2 7 15 Stall time limit 120 00 s 15 00 71 O O P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit S Hz 25 0 712 l O No response i 1 Warning P2 7 17 Underload protection 3 0 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting po 7 1g Field weakening area to aso 7 50 Fi load 10 P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 2 a ol oO o 150 0 10 0 715 P2 7 20 pmocnedas 2 s 20 716 protection time limit 0 N0o response Response to 1 Warning melee
187. o zero See chapter 9 6 Underload protection field weakening areaload 234567 2 7 18 The torque limit can be set between 10 0 150 0 X Trmotor This parameter gives the value for the minimum torque allowed when the output frequency is above the field weakening point See Figure 8 51 Par ID714 If you change parameter ID113 Motor nominal current this para Par ID715 meter is automatically restored to Underload area the default value See chapter 9 6 f gt Fieldweakening point par ID602 NX12k65 Figure 8 51 Setting of minimum load Honeywell 715 716 717 718 Description of parameters 181 209 Underload protection zero frequency load 234567 2 7 19 The torque limit can be set between 5 0 150 0 x TnMotor This parameter gives value for the minimum torque allowed with zero frequency See Figure 8 51 If you change the value of parameter ID113 Motor nominal current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value See chapter 9 6 Underload time 234567 2 7 20 This time can be set between 2 0 and 600 0 s This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state to exist An internal up down counter counts the accumulated underload time If the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip according to parameter ID713 If the drive is stopped the underload counter is reset to zero See Figure 8 52 and chapter 9 6
188. oftware ASFIFFO7 7 1 Introduction Select the Pump and Fan Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 The Pump and Fan Control Application can be used to control one variable speed drive and up to four auxiliary drives The PID controller of the frequency converter controls the speed of the variable speed drive and gives control signals to start and stop the auxiliary drives to control the total flow In addition to the eight parameter groups provided as standard a parameter group for multi oump and fan control functions is available The application has two control places on the I O terminal Place A is the pump and fan control and place B is the direct frequency reference The control place is selected with input DIN6 As already its name tells the Pump and Fan Control Application is used to control the operation of pumps and fans It can be used for example to decrease the delivery pressure in booster stations if the measured input pressure falls below a limit specified by the user The application utilizes external contactors for switching between the motors connected to the fre quency converter The autochange feature provides the capability of changing the starting order of the auxiliary drives Autochange between 2 drives main drive 1 auxiliary drive is set as default see chapter 7 4 1 e All inputs and outputs are freely programmable Additional functions e Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervi
189. ommon for DIN4Q DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AOA1 Output frequency Programmable 19 AOA1 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 500Q 20 DOA1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC OPT A3 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable 22 RO1 T RUN 23 RO 24 RO2 A Relay output 2 Programmable 25 RO2 FAULT 26 RO2 28 THA Thermistor input 29 TI1 2 Thermistor input Table 6 1 Multi purpose control application default I O configuration and connection example Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s user s manual Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding ee ee CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND els Factory default 64 209 Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell 6 3 Control signal logic in Multi Purpose Control Application 2 1 11 I O Reference 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference 2 1 14 Jogging speed reference Lt ae a en eee I I 1 i ee te ee ea a nee 13 1 Control pace fot a 1 i el 14 it T Eim co ae Internal frequency f reference i I I peenes a i 1 I I I Reset butto Reference from fieldbus Start Stop button Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start forward Programmable programmable Siart Stop ancl
190. ompare E G 225ANALOG INPUT 4 index Variable Tet vawe Defat f unt Mn Ma ol G 2 2 6 DIGITAL INPUTS P 2 3 1 3 _ Fault i DigOUT 0 1 igQUT E 10 4 3 1 4 Fault Inverted Di 0 DigQUT 0 1 Dig0UT E 10 Eea CUT RUTSIONA S 3 1 5 Warning igQUT 0 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 EG Sy G 2 3 1 DIG OUT SIGNALS 3 1 6 Extemal Fault igQUT 0 DigOUT 0 1 JigOUT E 10 P 2 3 1 1 Ready gt 2 3 1 7 Al Ref Faul warn DigQUT 0 1 Dig0UT E 10 P 2 3 1 2 Run i P 2 3 1 3 Fault P 2 3 1 4 Fault Inverted P 2 3 1 5 Waring 3 1 6 External Fault IP 2 3 1 7 Al Ref Faul wWa 1 8 OverT emp Warn P 2 3 1 9 Reserved P 2 3 1 10 Direct Differenc P 2 3 1 11 At Ref Speed P 2 3 1 12 Jogging Speed P 2 3 1 13 ExtControl Place P 2 3 1 14 Ext Brake Contrl P 23 1 15 ExtBrakeCtil Inv P 2 3 1 16 FreqOut SupvLim1 P 2 3 1 17 FreqOut SupvLim2 P 2 3 1 18 Ref Lim Superv Figure 6 2 Screenshot of NCDrive programming tool Entering the address code Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure WARNING flawless operation Note The inputs unlike the outputs cannot be changed in RUN state 6 4 3 Defining unused inputs outputs All unused inputs and outputs must be given the board slot value 0 and the value 1 also for the ter minal number The value 0 1 is also the default value for most of the functions However if you
191. ontrol keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual Code Parameter Unit Default Cust P3 1 Control place 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus R3 2 Keypad reference Hz oA eee ee 22 P3 3 Directian on 1 E keypad from the panel 0 Limited function of Stop button Rad Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled Table 1 4 Keypad control parameters M3 1 4 4 System menu Control keypad Menu M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s User s Manual 1 4 5 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see the product s User s Manual Standard Application Honeywell 2 STANDARD APPLICATION 2 1 Introduction Select the Standard Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 The Standard Application is typically used in pump and fan applications and conveyors for which the Basic Application is too limited but where no special features are needed e The Standard Application has the same I O signals and the same control logic as the Basic Application e Digital input DIN3 and all the outputs ar
192. ontroller output 14 PT100 temperature 0 No filtering 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 1 4 mA 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested direction 21 Ext brake control inv 22 Thermistor fault warn 23 Fieldbus input data As parameter 2 3 7 As parameter 2 3 7 O No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Honeywell Output frequency limit 2 supervision Output frequency limit 2 Supervised value Torque limit supervision Torque limit 300 0 300 0 supervision value Reference limit supervision Reference limit 0 00 ee supervision value External brake off delay 100 0 External brake on dela 2 2 100 0 FC temperature supervision supervised value signal selection mear function 100 14 Analogue output 2 1 inversion Analogue output 2 minimum Analogue output 2 scaling 1 Analogue output 2 Table 5 5 Output signals G2 3 PID Control Application Hz C 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 471 472 473 474 475 476 O No
193. or potentiometer and from a mathematical function of the analogue inputs There are parameters also for Fieldbus communication Multi step speeds and jogging speed can also be selected if digital inputs are programmed for these functions e The digital inputs and all the outputs are freely programmable and the application supports all I O boards Additional functions Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Joystick hysteresis Sleep function NXP functions Power limit functions Different power limits for motoring and generating side Master Follower function Different torque limits for motoring and generating side Cooling monitor input from heat exchange unit Brake monitoring input and actual current monitor for immediate brake close Separate speed control tuning for different speeds and loads Inching function two different references Possibility to connect the FB Process data to any parameter and some monitoring values Identification parameter can be adjusted manually The parameters of the Multi Pur
194. or adjustments of OP frequency are made 2 Controller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts OP freq up to max freq Undervoltage controller 234567 2 6 11 See par ID607 Note Over undervoltage trips may occur when controllers are switched out of operation 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Minor adjustments of OP frequency are made 2 Controller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts OP freq up to zero speed Torque limit 6 2 10 1 With this parameter you can set the torque limit control between 0 0 300 0 Torque limit control P gain 6 2 10 1 This parameter defines the gain of the torque limit controller It is used in Open Loop control mode only Honeywell 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 Description of parameters 173 209 Torque limit control I gain 6 2 10 2 This parameter determines the I gain of the torque limit controller It is used in Open Loop control mode only CL Magnetizing current 23456 2 6 4 1 2 6 27 1 Set here the motor magnetizing current no load current See chapter 9 2 CL Speed control P gain 23456 2 6 4 2 2 6 27 2 Sets the gain for the speed controller in per Hz See chapter 9 2 CL Speed control I time 23456 2 6 4 3 2 6 27 3 Sets the integral time constant for the speed controller Increasing the I time increases stability but lengthens the speed response time See chapter 9 2
195. or control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 Parameter Motor control mode U f optimisation U f ratio selection Field weakening point Voltage at field weakening point U f curve midpoint frequenc U f curve midpoint voltage Output voltage at zero frequency Overvoltage controller Undervoltage controller Load drooping Identification Magnetizing current Acceleration compensation Slip adjust Magnetizing current at start Magnetizing time at start Start up torque Local Remote Control Application Honeywell Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 0 Not used 0 Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim n xX Unmot n X Unmot Parameter max value par 2 6 5 n X Unmot See Table 8 12 for exact values 0 Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping 0 Not used 1 Used O No action 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run 0 Not used 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 14 15 P2 6 14 17 Table 3 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 Encoder filter time Current control P gain 1 Automatic torque boost Honeywell 3 4 8 P2 7 1 P2 7 2 P2 7 3 P2 7 4 P2 7 5 P2 7 6 P2 7 8 P2 7 9 P2 7 10 P2 7 11 P2 7 13 P2 7 16 P2 7 17 P2 7 18
196. otor voltage O Unmotor 8 DC link volt O 1000V 0 No filtering 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 0 mA 1 4 mA 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn As parameter 2 3 7 As parameter 2 3 7 O No limit 1 Low limit supervision 316 346 347 2 High limit supervision O No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Honeywell Multi step Speed Control Application Torque limit o o a 2 348 1 Low limit supervision function 2 High limit Torque limit f 5 Reference limit ene co 2 350 1 Low limit supervision function 2 High limit Reference limit dela dela Frequency converter 0 No temperature limit 354 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit 471 TTF programming method used See page 65 472 As parameter 2 3 2 0 N0 filtering Analogue output 2 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 475 0 0 mA minimum 1 4 mA Analogue output 2 Frequency converter temperature limit 10 C value signal selection EEE fu
197. p command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration Normal stop Ramp Run Enable stop coasting 2 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters However when Run Enable is selected the motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter Normal stop Coasting Run Enable stop ramping 3 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter However when Run Enable signal is selected the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration DC braking current 234567 2 4 8 Defines the current injected into the motor during DC braking DC braking time at stop 234567 2 4 9 Determines if braking is ON or OFF and the braking time of the DC brake when the motor is stopping The function of the DC brake depends on the stop function parameter ID506 0 DC brake is not used gt 0 DC brake is in use and its function depends on the Stop function param ID506 The DC braking time is determined with this parameter Par ID506 0 Stop function Coasting After the stop command the motor coasts to a stop without control of the frequency
198. parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control P2 6 1 Motor control mode 0 1 3 0 600 Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed loop speed ctrl See 0 Not used P2 6 2 U f optimisation 0 1 0 109 i Automatic tn bds 0 Linear 1 Squared P2 6 3 U f ratio selection 0 3 0 108 a Brogrammable 3 Linear with flux optim P2 6 4 Field weakening 800 320 00 Hz 50 00 602 Voltage at field 3 A P2 6 5 Weakening poini 10 00 200 00 A 100 00 603 n x Unmot U f curve midpoint par P2 6 6 frequenc ve P2 6 4 ki 50 00 694 i n X Unmot paom Uf curve midpoint Ooo 100 00 100 00 605 Parameter max value voltage par 2 6 5 Output voltage at 5 5 P2 6 8 Zelo teglsncy 0 00 40 00 A Varies 606 n x Unmot P2 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 ade 8 12 eae Overvoltage oot usea P2 6 10 Sale 0 2 1 607 1 Used no ramping re 2 Used ramping Undervoltage 0 Not used peel controller g 1 1 Goa 1 Used Load drooping 100 00 0 00 620 0 No action P2 6 13 Identification 0 1 2 0 631 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 P2 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 612 P2 6 14 2 Speed control P gain 613 P2 6 14 3 Speed control time 614 P2 6 14 5 Acceleration 0 00 300 00 s 0 00 626 compensation P2 6 14 6 Slip adjust 100 619 Magnetiz
199. parameters ID110 and ID111 nominal voltage and nominal frequency of the motor are set the parameters ID602 and ID603 are automatically given the corresponding values If you need different values for the field weakening point and the maximum output voltage change these parameters after setting the parameters ID110 and ID111 U f curve middle point frequency 234567 2 6 6 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with parameter ID108 this parameter defines the middle point frequency of the curve See Figure 8 2 U f curve middle point voltage 234567 2 6 7 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with the parameter ID108 this parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve See Figure 8 2 Output voltage at zero frequency 234567 2 6 8 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with the parameter ID108 this parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the curve NOTE If the value of parameter ID108 is changed this parameter is set to zero See Figure 8 2 Overvoltage controller 234567 2 6 10 These parameters allow the under overvoltage controllers to be switched out of operation This may be useful for example if the mains supply voltage varies more than 15 to 10 and the application will not tolerate this over undervoltage In this case the regulator controls the output frequency taking the supply fluctuations into account 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Min
200. pose Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Honeywell 6 2 Control I O Multi purpose Control Application Reference potentiometer A OPT A1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC 3 Al1 1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward programmable 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse programmable 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed fault reset programmable 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed active programmable 15 DIN5 External fault Contact open no fault Programmable Contact closed fault 16 DIN6 Accel decel time select Contact open par 2 1 3 2 1 4 in use Programmable Contact closed par 2 4 3 2 4 4 in use 17 CMB C
201. pplication does not provide any parameters for choosing the response function or limit values for the faults The motor thermal protection is explained in more detail on page 179 6 209 1 2 Control I O Basic Application Honeywell Reference potentiometer 1 10 kQ 2 ee eae L e e e e e ee CT yee EEn eae I a a ee ene T u OPT A1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC 3 Al1 1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND 1 O ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Open Open Ref Uin Closed Open Multi step ref 1 Open Closed Multi step ref 2 Clo
202. r to achieve a dynamic speed drooping because of changing load The parameter defines the time during which the speed is restored to the level it was before the load increase Measured voltage drop 6 2 6 29 16 The measured voltage drop at stator resistance between two phases with the nominal current of the motor Ir Add generator scale 6 2 6 29 19 Scaling factor for generator side IR compensation Ir Add motoring scale 6 2 6 29 20 Scaling factor for motoring side I R compensation IU Offset 6 2 6 29 21 IV Offset 6 2 6 29 22 IW Offset 6 2 6 29 23 Offset values for phase current measurement Honeywell 700 701 702 703 704 705 Description of parameters 177 209 Response to the 4mA reference fault 234567 2 7 1 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning the frequency from 10 seconds back is set as reference 3 Warning the Preset Frequency Par ID728 is set as reference 4 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 5 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated if the 4 20 mA reference signal is used and the signal falls below 3 5 mA for 5 seconds or below 0 5 mA for 0 5 seconds The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 or relay outputs RO1 and RO2 Response to external fault 234567 2 7 3 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode
203. rameters Honeywell Autochange interlocks automatics selection 7 2 9 25 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same Only the mains contactor is needed for each drive See Figure 8 62 Hilfsantrieb 1 Hilfsantrieb 2 Ne cee nx12k96 fh8 Figure 8 62 Autochange applied to auxiliary drives only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and two contactors are needed for each drive to connect it to the mains or the frequency converter See Figure 8 63 Auxiliary Auxiliary connection connection 7 NX12k97 fh8 Drive 2 D Figure 8 63 Autochange with all drives Honeywell 1029 1030 1031 Description of parameters 195 209 Autochange interval 7 2 9 26 After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters ID1031 Auto change frequency limit and D1030 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of ID1031 the autochange will not take place before the ca pacity goes below this limit e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop reque
204. rced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used The value of parameter ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When the input opens the control place is selected according to keypad control parameter ID125 412 413 414 415 416 417 Reverse 67 2 2 7 4 2 2 6 11 Contact open Direction forward Contact closed Direction reverse Jogging speed 67 2 2 7 16 2 2 6 12 Contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference See parameter ID124 Default programming A 4 Fault reset 67 2 2 7 10 2 2 6 13 Contact closed All faults are reset Acceleration Deceleration prohibited 67 2 2 7 14 2 2 6 14 Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened DC braking 67 2 2 7 15 2 2 6 15 Contact closed In STOP mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened Motor potentiometer DOWN 67 2 2 7 8 2 2 6 16 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference DECREASES until the contact is opened Honeywell 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 Description of parameters Motor potentiometer UP 67 2 2 7 9 2 2 6 17 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference INCREASES until the contact is opened Preset speed 1 6 2 2 7 5 Preset speed 2 6 2 2 7 6 Preset speed 3 6 2 2 7 7 Parameter values are automatically limited
205. ription of parameters Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 s Max freq 50 Hz Honeywell As the error value increases also the PID output increases according to the set values D time 1 00s a P part 100 PID error 5 00HZ s e 10 a A j D part 10 5 00 Hz Sa ans tf h D part 10 5 00 Hz 1 1 s x A O7 rO Ne PID output Error value Oo 3 I o gt 1 00 s NX12k72 Figure 8 5 PID output with the values of Example 3 Preset speed 8 Preset speed 9 Preset speed 10 Preset speed 11 Preset speed 12 Preset speed 13 Preset speed 14 Preset speed 15 AARAAAHRA AA 2 1 22 2 1 23 2 1 24 2 1 25 2 1 26 2 1 27 2 1 28 2 1 29 Speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed sel 1 DIN4 sel 2 DIN5 sel 3 DIN6 sel 4 DIN3 P2 1 22 8 0 0 0 1 P2 1 23 9 1 0 0 1 P2 1 24 10 0 1 0 1 P2 1 25 11 1 1 0 1 P2 1 26 12 0 0 1 1 P2 1 27 13 1 0 1 1 P2 1 28 14 0 1 1 1 P2 1 29 15 1 1 1 1 Table 8 5 Multi step speed selections with digital inputs DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 Honeywell 141 142 143 144 145 151 152 153 154 155 156 162 164 Description of parameters 129 209 Al3 signal selection 567 2 2 38 2 2 4 1 Connect the AI3 signal to the analogue input o
206. rogramming method used See page 65 154 0 Signal range O 10V 1 Signal range 2 10V 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 153 O No filtering fos 1036 See page 197 141 143 151 142 152 154 162 153 1034 035 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual 56 209 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 5 4 4 Code Parameter Analogue output 1 pasi signal selection P23 2 Analogue output function Analogue output pees filter time P23 4 Analogue output inversion Analogue output P2 3 5 minimum P23 6 Analogue output scale P23 7 Digital output 1 function Relay output 1 neo function Relay output 2 pecs function Output frequency PEO limit 1 supervision Output frequency P2 3 11 limit 1 Supervised value Min 0 00 10 0 00 PID Control Application Max 14 23 23 23 320 00 Unit Default A 1 Hz 0 00 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 Honeywell Note TTF programming method used See page 65 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference 0O fmax 3 Motor speed O Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque 0O Tnmotor 6 Motor power O Prmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt O 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID c
207. rol External brake control inverted Output frequency limit 1 supervision Output frequency limit 2 supervision Reference limit supervision Temperature limit supervision orque limit supervision Motor thermal protection Analogue input supervision limit Motor regulator activation Fieldbus input data 1 Fieldbus input data 2 Fieldbus input data 3 Autochange 1 Aux 1 control Autochange 2 Aux 2 control Autochange 3 Aux 3 control Autochange 4 Aux 4 control Autochange 5 Min Oo O C e JO SO JOJOJOsSOsJOsSO oO 0 0 Default 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B 1 B 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 Table 7 10 Output signals Digital outputs Pump and Fan Control Application Cust 445 446 447 448 449 459 460 461 462 111 209 Note 112 209 S N O O S Y amp gt D n 7 5 42 Limit settings Co __Code__ __ Parameter p2 3 2 1 Output frequency limit 1 supervision p2 3 2 2 Output freq limit 1 Supervised value p2 3 2 3 Output frequency limit 2 supervision p2 3 2 4 Output freq limit 2 Supervised value P2 3 2 5 Torque limit supervision P2 3 2 6 Torque limit supervision value po307 Reference limit supervision p2 3 2 8 _ Reference limit supervision value External Pana brake off dela External pee el br
208. s Honeywell Adjust input 6 2 2 1 4 With this parameter you can select the signal according to which the frequency reference to the motor is fine adjusted Adjust 0 Not used finz maximum 1 Analogue input 1 Adjusted ID495 10 2 Analogue input 2 Adjust 0 3 Analogue input 3 4 Analogue input 4 5 Signal from fieldbus FBProcessDatalN Sii minimum ID494 10 gt Analogue input NX12K108 Figure 8 41 An example of adjust input Adjust minimum 6 2 2 1 5 Adjust maximum 6 2 2 1 6 These parameters define the minimum and maximum of adjusted signals See Figure 8 41 Parameter Set 1 Set 2 selection 6 2 2 7 21 With this parameter you can select between Parameter Set 1 and Set 2 The input for this function can be selected from any slot The procedure of selecting between the sets is explained in the product s user s manual Digital input FALSE Set 1 is loaded as the active set Digital input TRUE The active set is saved to set 1 Note The parameter values are stored only when selecting P6 3 1 Parameter sets Store Set 1 or Store Set 2 in System menu or from NCDrive Drive gt Parameter Sets Start pulse memory 3 2 2 24 Giving a value for this parameter determines if the present RUN status is copied when the control place is changed from A to B or vice versa 0 The RUN status is not copied 1 The RUN status is copied In order for this parameter to have effect parameters ID300 and ID363 must have be
209. sed Closed RefMax 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open no action Contact closed fault reset 17 CMB Common for DIN4Q DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AQ1 Output frequency Programmable 19 AO1 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 5002 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector Is50mA U lt 48 VDC OPT A3 21 RO1 i Relay output 1 22 RO1 RUN 23 RO 24 RO2 Relay output 2 25 RO2 E FAULT 26 RO2 28 THA Thermistor input 29 TI1 2 Thermistor input Table 1 1 Basic application default I O configuration Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s User s Manual Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding ee ee CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND els Factory default Honeywell 1 3 Control signal logic in Basic Application Basic Application DIN2 amp DIN6 amp DIN3 Q DIN1 Start forward Start reverse Fault reset input External fault input R3 2 Keypad reference 1D117 I O Reference ID105 Preset Speed 1 ID106 Preset Speed ID102 Max Frequency Reference from fieldbus Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start Stop and reverse logic ID123 Keypad direction rogrammable Reset butto Start Stop buttons Start Stop Reverse ID125 Control place In
210. see chapter 6 4 393 Al2 reference scaling minimum value 6 2 2 3 6 394 Al2 reference scaling maximum value 6 2 2 3 7 See ID s 303 and 304 395 Al2 joystick hysteresis 6 2 2 3 8 See ID384 396 Al2 sleep limit 6 2 2 3 9 See ID385 397 Al2 sleep delay 6 2 2 3 10 See ID386 399 Scaling of current limit 6 2 2 6 1 0 Not used 1 Alt1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and max limit set with parameter ID107 400 Scaling of DC braking current 6 2 2 6 2 See par ID399 for the selections DC braking current can be reduced DC braking with the free analogue input signal oe between current 0 4 x I and the L00 eae current set with parameter ID507 See Figure 8 37 0 15 x IL Fee analogue inpu Signal range NX12K58 Figure 8 37 Scaling of DC braking current Honeywell 401 402 403 404 405 Description of parameters 157 209 Reducing of acceleration and deceleration times 6 2 2 6 3 See par ID399 A Factor R Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analogue input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time par ID103 104 ID502 ID503 divided by the factor R from Figure 8 38 Free POS a Signal range NX12K59 Figure 8 38 Reducing of acceleration and deceleration times Reducing of torque supervis
211. seeee 208 9 4 Parameters of motor thermal protection ID S 704 tO 708 csttccccceeteeettttteeeeeeeeteesnstsenees 209 Honeywell 4 209 9 5 Parameters of Stall protection ID S 709 to 712 1 ssstcccccccsceeessnnneeeeeeeeseesnnaaaeeeseeeeseeeennaaeeees 209 9 6 Parameters of Underload protection ID S 713 tO 716 cccccseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeteeenennaanees 209 209 9 7 Fieldbus control parameters ID S 850 tO 859 sscccccccccseserssncceeeeeesseeessnaceeeeeeeeseeeensaaanees Basic Application Honeywell 1 BASIC APPLICATION 1 1 Introduction The Basic Application is easy and flexible to use due to its versatile fieldbus features It is the default setting on delivery from the factory Otherwise select the Basic Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 See the product s User s Manual Digital input DIN3 is programmable The parameters of the Basic Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 1 1 1 Motor protection functions in the Basic Application The Basic Application provides almost all the same protection functions as the other applications External fault protection Input phase supervision Undervoltage protection Output phase supervision Earth fault protection Motor thermal protection Thermistor fault protection Fieldbus fault protection Slot fault protection Unlike the other applications the Basic A
212. ses the motor voltage when the motor is loaded See chapter 9 2 Load drooping 23456 2 6 12 2 6 15 The drooping function enables speed drop as a function of load This parameter sets that amount corresponding to the nominal torque of the motor 174 209 621 626 627 628 631 Description of parameters Honeywell CL Startup torque 23456 2 6 4 11 2 6 27 11 Choose here the startup torque Torque Memory is used in crane applications Startup Torque FWD REV can be used in other applications to help the speed controller See chapter 9 2 0 Not Used 1 TorqMemory 2 Torque Ref 3 Torg Fwd Rev CL Acceleration compensation 23456 2 6 4 5 2 6 27 5 Sets the inertia compensation to improve speed response during acceleration and deceleration The time is defined as acceleration time to nominal speed with nominal torque This parameter is active also in advanced open loop mode CL Magnetizing current at start 23456 2 6 4 7 2 6 27 7 CL Magnetizing time at start 23456 2 6 4 8 2 6 27 8 Set here the rise time of magnetizing current Identification 23456 2 6 13 2 6 16 Identification Run is a part of tuning the motor and the drive specific parameters It is a tool for commissioning and service of the drive with the aim to find as good parameter values as possible for most drives The automatic motor identification calculates or measures the motor parameters that are needed for optimum motor and speed co
213. sions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Sleep function The parameters of the Pump and Fan Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 96 209 7 2 Control I O Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell Reference potentiometer OPT A1 1 10 kQ Terminal Signal Description rp 1 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference Boo 0 10V DC 2 wire transmitter 4 3 Al1 1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls Actual 63 7 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference value 5 Al2 0 20mA o fos I a prain 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A i T 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls L_ Da r en eet 8 DIN1 Start Stop Control place A Contact closed start l PID con
214. st 4 1 320 00 Hz 51 00 Par 292 Hz 10 00 320 00 Hz 51 00 Par 294 Hz 10 00 320 00 Hz 51 00 Par 296 Hz 10 00 320 00 Hz 51 00 Par 298 Hz 10 00 300 0 s 4 0 300 0 S 2 0 100 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 100 0 A 0 0 1 0 5 0 100 0 30 00 100 0 20 00 100 0 A 30 00 300 0 s 0 0 300 0 s 0 0 2 1 1 1 1 1 3000 0 h 48 0 ID Note 1001 1002 1003 w 101 1004 1005 1006 1007 j o j o eA k ex i oO Oo oO pat mare A o ine per oO aa o 1020 1 PID contr bypassed 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 1021 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus signal a oO ie ine 1023 1024 O No delay 1025 300 No frequency drop nor increase O No delay 300 No frequency drop nor increase 0 Interlocks not used 1 Set new interlock last update order after 1026 1032 value of par 2 9 26 or Stop state 2 Stop and update order immediatel 0 Not used 1 Autochange used 1027 1 0 Auxiliary drives only 1 All drives 1029 0 0 TEST 40 s j ie 120 209 Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell yW Autochange Maximum number of 0 4 1030 auxiliary drives Autochange display minimum display maximum display decimals Actual value special 24 28 1036 See page 197 display unit Table 7 20 Pump and fan control parameters 7 5 11 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and directio
215. st is active e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place See Figure 8 64 Maximum number of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 27 Autochange frequency limit 7 2 9 28 These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so that the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows e If the number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parameter ID1030 the autochange function can take place e If the number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter ID1030 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter ID1031 the autochange can take place e If the value of parameter ID1031 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of parameter ID1030 Output frequency Autochange moment Par ID1030 1 Max number of auxiliary drives Par ID1031 Autochange level frequency Par ID1029 i Par ID1029 Autochange interval Autochange interval Aux drive 1 control Aux drive 2 control NX12k98 fh3 Figure 8 64 Autochange interval and limits 196 209 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 Description of parameters Honeywell Interlock selection 7 2 9 23 With this parameter you can activate or deactivate the feedback signal from the drives The interlock feedback signals come from the switches that connect the motors to the au
216. tact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Reference scaling minimum value place B 3 2 2 18 Reference scaling maximum value place B 3 2 2 19 See parameters ID303 and ID304 above 152 209 366 367 370 371 372 Description of parameters Honeywell Easy changeover 5 2 2 37 0 Keep reference 1 Copy reference If Copy reference has been selected it is possible to switch from direct control to PID control and back without scaling the reference and actual value For example The process is driven with direct frequency reference Control place I O B fieldbus or keypad to some point and then the control place is switched to one where the PID controller is selected The PID control starts to maintain that point The PID controller error value is forced to zero when the control place is changed It is also possible to change the control source back to direct frequency control In this case the output frequency is copied as the frequency reference If the destination place is Keypad the run status Run Stop Direction and Reference will be copied The changeover is smooth when the reference of the destination source comes from the Keypad or an internal motor potentiometer par ID332 PID Ref 2 or 4 ID343 I O B Ref 2 or 4 par ID121 Keypad Ref 2 or 4 and ID122 Fieldbus Ref 2 or 4 Motor potentiometer memory reset Frequency reference 3567 2 2 23 2 2 28 2 2 1 3
217. tage to occur the current must have exceeded this limit See Figure 8 49 The software does not allow entering a greater value than 2 ly If parameter ID107 Nominal current limit of motor is changed this parameter is automatically calculated to 90 of the current limit See chapter 9 5 Stall area Par ID710 f gt Par 1ID712 nxtakes Figure 8 49 Stall characteristics settings 180 209 711 712 713 714 Description of parameters Honeywell Stall time 234567 2 7 15 This time can be set between 1 0 and 4 Stall time counter 120 0s This is the maximum time allowed for a sa arl dnpiatce stall stage The stall time is counted by an l internal up down counter Tip warning If the stall time counter value goes above ii this limit the protection will cause a trip see ID709 See chapter 9 5 ee kL No stall NX12k64 Figure 8 50 Stall time count Stall frequency limit 234567 2 7 16 The frequency can be set between 1 f a ID102 For a stall state to occur the output frequency must have remained below this limit See chapter 9 5 Underload protection 234567 2 7 17 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If tripping is set active the drive will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating the protection by setting the parameter to 0 will reset the underload time counter t
218. tart forward l programmable l aa eee tee ee ee 9 DIN2 Place A start reverse Contact closed start reverse programmable ee 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault eS programmable Contact closed fault Remote control ground _ 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V SSS SS Sa 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 lt 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls b oe 2 14 DIN4 Place B Start forward Contact closed start forward l programmable l I a I 15 DINS Place B Start reverse T 7 a aA programmable Contact closed start reverse I m 16 DING Place A B selection Contact open place A is active CT i Hna Contact closed Place B is active l 17 CMB Common for DIN4A DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V l 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable l READY l mA 19 AO1 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 5009 I oa L 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable l READY Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC OPT A3 l 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable l l RUN or e RUN Vo Q 233 er 24 RO2 E Relay output 2 Programmable 200 74 ra 25 RO2 FAULT WAC ef ee 26 RO2 28 THA Thermistor input a ES _ 29 TH 2 Thermistor input Table 3 1 Local Remote contro application default I O configuration Note See jumper selections below Jumper block X3 More information
219. tart stop control of the freq converter stog Auxiliary drive 1 sto start i Maximum of the Minimum of the actual value actual value Auxiliary drive Be NX12k91 Actual value Figure 8 58 Example of variable speed drive and two auxiliary drives with bypassed PID controller Analogue input selection for input pressure measurement Input pressure high limit Input pressure low limit Output pressure drop value 7 2 9 17 7 2 9 18 7 2 9 19 7 2 9 20 In pressure increase stations there may be need for decreasing the output pressure if the input pressure decreases below a certain limit The input pressure measurement which is needed is connected to the analogue input selected with parameter ID1021 See Figure 8 59 192 209 Description of parameters Honeywell NX Messung des Eingangs drucks Parameter 2 9 17 PID Regler Istwertauswahl Par 2 2 1 8 NX12k93 fh8 Figure 8 59 Input and output pressure measuring With parameters ID1022 and ID1023 the limits for the area of the input pressure where the output pressure is decreased can be selected The values are in percent of the input pressure measurement maximum value With parameter ID1024 the value for the output pressure decrease within this area can be set The value is in percent of the reference value maximum See Figure 8 60 OUTPUT PRESSURE Par ID1024 Output pressure drop value INPUT PRESSURE Par ID1026 Input pressure hig
220. ter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5_ Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 _ Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 AO1 M1 17 Monitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Tab
221. ter is changed the stall current limit ID710 is internally calculated to 90 of current limit 122 209 108 Description of parameters Honeywell U f ration selection 234567 2 6 3 Linear The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in the constant 0 flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor Linear U f ration should be used in constant torque applications This default setting should be used if there is no special need for another setting Squared The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve form with the 1 frequency in the area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nomi nal voltage is also supplied to the motor The motor runs undermagnetised below the field weakening point and produces less torque and electro mechanical noise Squared U f ratio can be used in applications where torque demand of the load is proportional to the square of the speed e g in centrifugal fans and pumps val Default Nominal ID603 voltage of the motor Field weakening point Linear Squared Default Nominal frequency of the motor f Hz gt NX12K07 Figure 8 1 Linear and squared change of motor voltage Programmable U f curve 2 The U f curve can be programmed with three different points Programmable U f curve can be used if the other settings do not satisfy the needs of the application Deed b
222. ternal frequency reference Internal Start Stop Internal reverse ea Internal fault reset gt 1 NX12k00 fh8 Figure 1 1 Control signal logic of the Basic Application 8 209 Basic Application Honeywell 1 4 Basic Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 1 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rom V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft
223. tions Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 Default 0 00 0 0 40 0 Varies 100 lH 15 00 25 0 50 10 0 20 Cust 700 728 701 730 727 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 732 733 734 Honeywell Note 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 Fault stored in history 1 Fault not stored 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting O No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting See P2 7 21 See P2 7 21 Honeywell Standard Application 2 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Parameter Default Cust ID 10 00 0 50 717 Trialtime 0 00 60 00 30 00 718 Start function 2 0 719 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 undervoltage trip overvoltage trip overcurrent trip Number of tries after 10 0 723 4mA reference trip Number of tries after motor temperature 10 0 726 fault trip Number of tries after 10 0 725 external fault trip Number of tries after Table 2 10
224. tomatic control frequency converter directly to the mains or place them to off state The interlock feedback functions are connected to the digital inputs of the frequency converter Program parameters ID426 to ID430 to connect the feedback functions to the digital inputs Each drive must be connected to its own interlock input The Pump and fan control controls only those motors whose interlock input is active 0 Interlock feedback not used The frequency converter receives no interlock feedback from the drives 1 Update of autochange order in Stop The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives In case one of the drives is for some reason disconnected from the system and eventually re connected it will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED gt P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Update of order immediately The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives At re connection of a drive to the autochange line the automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new set up Example P1 gt P2 gt P4 gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 Actual value special display minimum 57 2 2 4
225. tputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with extra relay outputs e g OPT B5 462 Autochange 5 control 7 2 3 1 31 Control signal for autochange drive 5 463 Analogue input supervision limit 67 2 3 3 22 2 3 1 22 The selected analogue input signal goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters ID372 ID373 and ID374 464 Analogue output 1 signal selection 234567 2 3 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 3 1 Connect the AO1 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 471 Analogue output 2 signal selection 234567 2 3 12 2 3 22 2 3 6 1 2 3 4 1 Connect the AO2 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 472 Analogue output 2 function 234567 2 3 13 2 3 23 2 3 6 2 2 3 4 2 473 Analogue output 2 filter time 234567 2 3 14 2 3 24 2 3 6 3 2 3 4 3 474 Analogue output 2 inversion 234567 2 3 15 2 3 25 2 3 6 4 2 3 4 4 475 Analogue output 2 minimum 234567 2 3 16 2 3 26 2 3 6 5 2 3 4 5 476 Analogue output 2 scaling 234567 2 3 17 2 3 27 2 3 6 6 2 3 4 6 For more information on these five parameters see the corresponding parameters for the analogue output 1 on pages 135 to 137 477 Analogue output 2 offset 67 2 3 6 7 2 3 4 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output 478 Analogue output 3 signal selection 67 2 3 7 1 2 3 5
226. trol Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 206 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID347 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 and via the relay output RO1 or RO2 depending 1 on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 depending on to which output the supervision signals par ID447 and ID448 are connected applications 6 and 7 347 Output frequency limit 2 supervision value 34567 2 3 13 2 3 4 4 2 3 2 4 Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID346 See Figure 8 16 348 Torque limit supervision function 34567 2 3 14 2 3 4 5 2 3 2 5 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 206 If the calculated torque value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID349 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 1 depending on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 depending on to which output the supervision signal par ID451 is connected applications 6 and 7 146 209 349 350 351 352 353 Description of parameters Honeywell Torque limit supervision value 34567 2 3 15 2 3 4 6 2 3 2 6 Set here the torque value to be supervised by parameter ID348 Applications 3 and 4 Torque supervision value can be reduced below the setpoint
227. trol Application 4 3 Control signal logic in Multi Step Speed Control Application 2 1 11 I O Reference 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference 3 2 Keypad reference i I I Preset Speed 3 ri i mir niapi ee a T el pe ee Ie Pop peer nat 1 oi rit 1 A A SSS gt aA s or aasia O E E ET men i loi raid O a ae mn 1 _ l I b W i i p i r l Reset butto Start Stop buttons Programmable Start Stop and reverse logic Fault reset input NX12k08 fh8 2 1 13 Fieldous Ctrl Reference 2 1 14 Jogging speed reference 3 1 Control place Internal frequency reference Internal Start Stop Internal reverse Internal fault reset programmable 7 Figure 4 1 Control signal logic of the Multi step Speed Application 38 209 Multi step Speed Control Application Honeywell 4 4 Multi step speed control application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter In par
228. troller programm Lee 9 DIN2 Interlock 1 Contact closed Interlock used ag A programmable Contact open Interlock not used l a 10 DIN3 Interlock 2 Contact closed Interlock used Cowal programmable Contact open Interlock not used 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V r 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 l r 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls l l 14 DIN4 Start Stop Control place B Contact closed Start l a ee ie oe Direct frequency reference l programmable oe i 15 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed active T Jana programmable l a l 16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open Control place A is active I S SSS gt programmable Contact closed Control place B is active l 17 CMB Common for DIN4A DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AQ1 Output frequency Programmable See chapters 7 5 4 3 l 19 AO1 Analogue output 7 5 4 4 and 7 5 4 5 l FAULT GND Range 0 20 mA Ri max 5000 l l 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable PERA PE TEE FAULT Open collector IK50mA U lt 48 VDC l OPT A3 21 RO1 E Relay output 1 Programmable See chapter 7 5 4 1 l SEERE 22 RO1 Aux Autochange 1 O Eys eae 23 RO 24 RO2 TA Relay output 2 Programmable See chapter 7 5 4 1 220 4 M 25 RO2 Aux Autochange 2 vac H 26 RO2 N 28 THA Thermistor input ce EEN ee _ 29 TH 2 Thermistor input
229. ue input P2 2 18 i function Table 4 4 Input signals G2 2 Multi step Speed Control Application 0 361 0 362 0 Not used 1 Ujn analogue volt input 2 lin analogue curr input O No function 1 Reduces current limit par 2 1 5 2 Reduces DC braking current 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit CP control place cc closing contact oc opening contact Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual chapter 6 2 2 2 42 209 4 4 4 Output signals Control a Menu M2 gt G2 3 Code Parameter ax Unit Default selection Analogue output Peise function Analogue output inversion Analogue output Po 36 E ET E E 1000 P23 7 Digital output 1 function eer al output 1 scale reve eer al P23 9 M output 2 M Output frequency peo limit 1 supervision Output frequency P2 3 11 limit 1 320 00 Supervision value p2 3 12 Output frequency 2 limit 2 supervision Output frequency P2 3 13 limit 2 320 00 Supervision value 0 00 Cust 307 308 309 310 312 313 314 Honeywell Multi step Speed Control Application Note TTF programming method used See page 65 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference O fmax 3 Motor speed O Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque O Tnmotor 6 Motor power O Prmotor 7 M
230. ult frequenc external fault supervision undervoltage fault supervision of the motor temperature factor Motor cooling factor 0 0 at zero speed i Motor thermal time A constant Motor duty cycle 0 Oo oO Stall protection 0 Stall current 0 00 Stall time limit 1 00 Stall frequency limit 1 00 Underload protection Field weakening 10 0 area load Zero frequency load 5 0 Underload protec tion time limit 2 00 Response to thermistor fault fieldbus fault 0 0 Response to PT100 fault PT100 warning limit 30 0 PT100 fault limit 30 0 Multi purpose Control Application Max Par 2 1 2 100 0 150 0 200 100 2X In 120 00 Par 2 1 2 150 0 150 0 600 00 200 0 200 0 Unit Hz min A Default 0 00 2 0 0 40 0 Varies 100 lH 15 00 25 00 50 0 10 0 20 00 120 0 130 0 Cust ID 700 728 701 730 727 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 732 733 734 739 740 741 742 Note O0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 0 Fault stored in history 1 Fault not stored 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting
231. ure supervision P23 4 12 FC temperature supervised value P2 3 4 13 Analogue supervision signal p2 3 4 14 Analogue super vision low limit p2 3 4 15 Analogue super vision high limit NXP drives only Brake On Off peas Current Limit Table 6 16 Limit settings G2 3 4 300 0 wo A Pg Multi purpose Control Application 300 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 00 100 00 2xlH 0 N0 limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control 0 N0 limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control 4 Brake on off control 0 Not used 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 Brake is kept closed if current is below this value Multi purpose Control Application Code Parameter Min Max Analogue output 1 AS signal selection Q Analogue output 1 P2 3 5 2 function 0 15 Analogue output 1 P2 3 5 3 filter time 0 00 10 00 p2 3 5 4 Analogue output 1 0 1 inversion Analogue output 1 P2 3 5 5 minimum 0 1 Analogue output 1 P2 3 5 6 Seale 10 1000 Analogue output 1 P2 3 5 7 offset 100 00 100 00 Code Parameter Min Max p2 3 6 1 Analogue output 2 ee signal selection Analogue output 2 oe P2062 Analogue output 2 eee filter time p2 3 6 4 Analogue output 2 Les inversion Ana
232. ure 9 1 Brake control with additional limits In Figure 9 1 above the brake control is set to react to both the torque supervision limit par ID349 and frequency supervision limit ID347 Additionally the same frequency limit is used for both brake off and brake on control by giving parameter ID346 the value 4 Use of two different frequency limits is also possible Then parameters ID315 and ID346 must be given the value 3 Brake off In order for the brake to release three conditions must be fulfilled 1 the drive must be in Run state 2 the torque must be over the set limit if used and 3 the output frequency must be over the set limit if used Brake on Stop command activates the brake delay count and the brake is closed when the output frequency falls below the set limit ID315 or ID346 As a precaution the brake closes when the brake on delay expires at the latest Honeywell Appendices 207 209 Note A fault or Stop state will close the brake immediately without a delay See Figure 9 2 It is strongly advisable that the brake on delay be set longer than the ramp time in order to avoid damaging of the brake No brake off control 0 2 Brake off ctrl 2 limits 3 Brake on off crtl 1 limit 4 TRUE 4 Output frequency gt ID347 _ No brake off control HERS Brake off ctrl torque limit 01 U09 Jjo ayeig TRUE T Motor torque gt
233. urrent limit A I 107 Nominal voltage of Nae 230V P2 1 6 hemolc 180 V NX5 400V 110 NX6 690V Nominal frequency Check the rating plate of P2 1 7 of the motor i 2009 113 the motor Nominal speed of The default applies for a4 P2 1 8 the motor 24 20 000 rpm 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of P2 1 9 the motor Gi In 113 the motor d Check the rating plate of P2 1 10 Motor coso 0 85 120 he motor 0 Anal volt input 2 3 1 Anal curr input 4 5 PID controller 2 PID ref from Keypad P2447 reference signal 0 332 control page par 3 4 Place A 3 PID ref from fieldbus ProcessDatalN 1 4 Motor potentiometer P2 1 12 PlIDcontrollergain 0 0 10000 100 0 118 P2 1 13 PID controller I time 0 00 320 00 s 1 00 119 p2 1 14 PID controller D 0 00 100 00 s 0 00 132 time P2 1 15 Sleep frequency 0 00 ae Hz 10 00 1016 P2 1 16 Sleep dela o 3600 s 30 1017 P2 1 17 Wakeuplevel 0 00 100 00 25 00 1018 0 Wake up at fall below wake up level 2 1 17 P2 1 18 Wake up function 1 0 1019 1 Wake up at exceeded wake up level 2 1 17 p2 1 19 Jogging speed 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 10 00 124 reference Table 5 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Honeywell 5 4 3 Code Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 Parameter Min Max DIN2 function 13 DINS function DIN5 function PID sum point r
234. well Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID O Linear P2 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 00 100 S 0 1 500 gt 0 S curve ramp time 0 Linear P2 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 10 0 S 0 0 501 gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 3 Acceleration time 2 3000 0 s 10 0 502 O O O P2 4 4 Deceleration time 2 3000 0 s 10 0 5083 ss 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no fe P2 4 7 Stop function 0 P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 00 b P24 9 DC braking time 000 600 00 at stop Frequency to start P2 4 10 DC braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 ramp stop P2 4i DC braking time 0 00 600 00 at start P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 00 lk Table 2 6 Drive control parameters G2 4 0 Ramp 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 506 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp so7 fo 508 0 DC brake is off at stop 516 0 DC brake is off at start 0 Off 920 4 0n 519 S o gt oO o fa oO S E n S e 3S gt T 2 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Code Parameter Default Cust P25 1 Prohibit frequency 0 00 range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency Sate range 1 high limit 0 0 P25 3 Prohibit acc dec 1 0 ramp Table 2 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Honeywell Standard Application 2 4 7 Motor control
235. with external free analogue input signal see parameters ID361 and ID362 Reference limit supervision function 34567 2 3 16 2 3 4 7 2 3 2 7 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the reference value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID351 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 1 depending on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 depending on to which output the supervision signal par ID449 is connected applications 6 and 7 The supervised reference is the current active reference It can be place A or B reference depending on DIN6 input or panel reference if the panel is the active control place Reference limit supervision value 34567 2 3 17 2 3 4 8 2 3 2 8 The frequency value to be supervised with the parameter ID350 External brake off delay 34567 2 3 18 2 3 4 9 2 3 2 9 External brake on delay 34567 2 3 19 2 3 4 10 2 3 2 10 The function of the external brake can be timed to the start and stop control signals with these parameters See Figure 8 24 and chapter 9 1 on page 206 The brake control signal can be programmed via the digital output DO1 or via one of the relay outputs RO1 and RO2 see parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 1D445 applications 6 and 7 a b torr ID352 toy ID353 torr 1D352 toy Par ID353 External j External BRAKE OFF i
236. zL zL n zL zL n T Reference scaling T maximum value Multi step Speed Control Application Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 Default A 1 0 00 100 0 0 10 A 2 0 00 100 00 0 10 0 00 0 00 Honeywell ID Note DIN Dm2 Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Fwd Rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run enable 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to lO 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus 8 Rvs if par 2 2 1 3 9 Jogging speed 10 Fault reset 11 Acc Dec operation prohibit 12 DC Braking command 13 Preset speed TTF programming method used See page 65 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 Custom setting range minimum maximum Analogue input 1 reference inversion yes no Analogue input 1 reference filter time constant TTF programming method used See page 65 0 0 20 mA 1 4 20 mA 2 custom setting range minimum maximum reference inversion yes no Analogue input 2 reference filter time constant Selects the frequency that corresponds to the min reference signal Selects the frequency that corresponds to the max ORONO reference signal 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value Honeywell Free analogue input P2 2 17 signal selection Free analog
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Mouse inalámbrico para viaje con recibidor USB retráctil Manual del GroupShield für Exchange Casio IQ-02 Owner's Manual Warehouse of Tiffany RL5577 Instructions / Assembly Sitecom Turbo wheel - white John Deere Products & Services Cab A-11170 User's Manual 気体採取方法(pdf版) AWD-AQ1 Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file